ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

SECTION

EC

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

EC

CONTENTS
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 6
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 6
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 10
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ................................................................ 10
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...... 10
Precautions ............................................................ 10
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 13
PREPARATION ......................................................... 14
Special Service Tools ............................................. 14
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 14
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 15
System Diagram ..................................................... 15
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 16
System Chart ......................................................... 18
Fuel Injection Control System ................................ 18
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ..................... 20
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 20
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)... 20
Crankcase Ventilation System ............................... 21
CAN Communication .............................................. 22
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 23
Fuel Filter ............................................................... 23
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ...................... 24
Injector Adjustment Value Registration .................. 25
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 27
DTC Detection Logic .............................................. 27
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................. 27
Freeze Frame Data ................................................ 28
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 28
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 28
Relationship Between MI, DTC, CONSULT-II and
Driving Patterns ...................................................... 31
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 33
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 33
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 37
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 38
Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 42

Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 46

Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 50
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 52
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................... 52
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) ............................ 59
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
... 66
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................... 69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ......................................................................... 70
Description .............................................................. 70
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 70
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ............. 71
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 71
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 72
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 73
Ground Inspection .................................................. 78
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 79
Description .............................................................. 79
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 79
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 79
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 80
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 81
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................. 82
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 82
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 82
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 84
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 84
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 84
Removal and Installation ........................................ 85
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 86
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 86
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 87
Removal and Installation ........................................ 87
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 88
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88

EC-1

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 88

Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 89
Component Inspection ............................................ 90
Removal and Installation ........................................ 91
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................... 92
Component Description .......................................... 92
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
... 92
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 92
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 93
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 93
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 94
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 95
Component Inspection ............................................ 96
Removal and Installation ........................................ 97
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................. 98
Component Description .......................................... 98
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 98
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 98
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 100
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 101
Component Inspection .......................................... 102
Removal and Installation ...................................... 102
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 103
Description ............................................................ 103
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 105
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 106
Component Inspection .......................................... 107
Removal and Installation ...................................... 107
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ......................... 108
Description ............................................................ 108
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 108
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 108
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 109
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 110
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................111
Component Inspection .......................................... 112
Removal and Installation ...................................... 112
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 113
Description ............................................................ 113
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 113
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 113
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 114
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 115
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116
Removal and Installation ...................................... 117
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ......................... 118
Description ............................................................ 118
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 118
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 118
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 119

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 120
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 121
Component Inspection ..........................................122
Removal and Installation ....................................... 122
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ................................. 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 123
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ................... 125
Component Description ........................................ 125
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.125
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 125
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 127
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 128
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 129
Component Inspection ..........................................130
Removal and Installation ....................................... 131
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 132
Description ............................................................ 132
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.133
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
Overall Function Check ......................................... 133
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 135
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 137
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 140
Component Inspection ..........................................141
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ......................... 142
Description ............................................................ 142
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.142
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 142
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 143
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 144
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 145
Component Inspection ..........................................146
Removal and Installation ....................................... 146
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM ......................................... 147
Description ............................................................ 147
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 147
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 148
Overall Function Check ......................................... 148
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 149
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 150
Component Inspection ..........................................152
Removal and Installation ....................................... 152
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .............. 153
Component Description ........................................ 153
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.153
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 153
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 154
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 155
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 156

EC-2

Component Inspection ......................................... 158

Removal and Installation ...................................... 158
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ..................................... 159
Description ........................................................... 159
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 159
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 159
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 161
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 162
Component Inspection ......................................... 164
Removal and Installation ...................................... 164
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ..................................... 165
Description ........................................................... 165
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 165
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 165
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 167
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 168
Component Inspection ......................................... 170
Removal and Installation ...................................... 170
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .................................... 171
Description ........................................................... 171
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 172
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 172
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 173
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 174
Component Inspection ......................................... 175
Removal and Installation ...................................... 176
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .................................... 177
Description ........................................................... 177
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 178
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 178
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 179
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 180
Component Inspection ......................................... 182
Removal and Installation ...................................... 182
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 183
Component Description ........................................ 183
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 183
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 183
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 185
Component Description ........................................ 185
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 185
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 185
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 186
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 187
Component Description ........................................ 187
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 187
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 188
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ..................... 189
Component Description ........................................ 189

CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 189
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 189
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 190
DTC confirmation Procedure ................................ 190
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 192
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 193
Component Inspection .......................................... 202
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .......................... 203
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 203
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 203
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 203
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .... 206
Component Description ........................................ 206
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 206
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 206
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 207
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 209
Component Inspection .......................................... 212
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 213
Description ............................................................ 213
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 213
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 213
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 214
DTC P0606 ECM ..................................................... 215
Description ............................................................ 215
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 215
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 215
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 216
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ............................ 217
Description ............................................................ 217
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 217
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 217
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 218
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 221
Removal and Installation ...................................... 221
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 222
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 222
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 223
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 224
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 225
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 227
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 227
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 228
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 228
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 229
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 230
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ........................................ 232
ECM Terminals and Reference valve ................... 232
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 232
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 232

EC-3

EC

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 234

Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 235
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ................... 237
Component Description ........................................ 237
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 237
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 237
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 238
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 239
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 240
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 241
Component Inspection .......................................... 243
Removal and Installation ...................................... 244
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 245
Description ............................................................ 245
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 245
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 245
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 246
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 246
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 248
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 249
Component Inspection .......................................... 250
Removal and Installation ...................................... 250
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 251
Description ............................................................ 251
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 251
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 251
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 252
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 252
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 254
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 255
Component Inspection .......................................... 257
Removal and Installation ...................................... 257
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 258
Description ............................................................ 258
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 258
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 258
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 259
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 259
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 260
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 261
Component Inspection .......................................... 262
Removal and Installation ...................................... 262
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 263
Description ............................................................ 263
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 263
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 263
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 264
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 264
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 266
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 267
Component Inspection .......................................... 268
Removal and Installation ...................................... 268
DTC P1616 ECM ..................................................... 269
Description ............................................................ 269

On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 269

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 269
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 270
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ..... 271
Description ............................................................ 271
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 271
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 271
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 272
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ..... 273
Description ............................................................ 273
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 273
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 274
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ...................................... 275
Description ............................................................ 275
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.275
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 275
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 276
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 277
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 278
Component Inspection ..........................................279
Removal and Installation ....................................... 280
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 281
Component Description ........................................ 281
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.281
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 281
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 282
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 283
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 284
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 285
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..... 286
Component Description ........................................ 286
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.286
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 286
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 287
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 288
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 289
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 290
Component Inspection ..........................................292
Removal and Installation ....................................... 292
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ...................... 293
Description ............................................................ 293
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 293
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 293
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 294
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 295
Description ............................................................ 295
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 296
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 297
Component Inspection ..........................................301
Removal and Installation ....................................... 301
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... 302
Description ............................................................ 302
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

EC-4

. 303
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 303
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 304
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 305
Component Inspection ......................................... 307
Removal and Installation ...................................... 308
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........... 309
Description ........................................................... 309
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 310
Wiring Diagram .....................................................311
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 312
Component Inspection ......................................... 313
Removal and Installation ...................................... 313
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................................................... 314
Description ........................................................... 314
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 314
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 315
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 316
Component Inspection ......................................... 318
HEAT UP SWITCH .................................................. 319
Description ........................................................... 319
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 319
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 319
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 320
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 321
Component Inspection ......................................... 324
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 325
Component Description ........................................ 325
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 325
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 326
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 327
Removal and Installation ...................................... 329
BRAKE SWITCH .................................................... 330
Description ........................................................... 330
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

. 330
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 330
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 331
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 332
Component Inspection .......................................... 341
PNP SWITCH .......................................................... 342
Description ............................................................ 342
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 342
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 342
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 343
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 344
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 348
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 348
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 349
ASCD INDICATOR .................................................. 351
Component Description ........................................ 351
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 352
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 353
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 354
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 354
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 355
System Description ............................................... 355
Component Description ........................................ 356
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 357
General Specifications .......................................... 357
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 357
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 357
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 357
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 357
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 357
Glow Plug ............................................................. 357
EGR Volume Control Valve .................................. 357
Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................. 357
Camshaft Position Sensor .................................... 357
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 358

EC

EC-5

INDEX FOR DTC

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index

PFP:00024
EBS01KC3

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC
CONSULT-II*

Items
(CONSULT-II screen item)

MI lighting up

Reference page

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

EC-79

ECM*2

U1000

1000*3

P0000

0000

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0016

0016

CMP/CKP RELATION

EC-82

P0088

0088

HIGH FUEL PRESS

EC-84

P0089

0089

FUEL PUMP

EC-86

P0093

0093

FUEL LEAK

EC-88

P0102

0102

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-92

P0103

0103

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-92

P0112

0112

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-98

P0113

0113

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-98

P0117

0117

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-103

P0118

0118

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-103

P0122

0122

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

EC-108

P0123

0123

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

EC-108

P0182

0182

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-113

P0183

0183

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-113

P0192

0192

FRP SEN/CIRC

EC-118

P0193

0193

FRP SEN/CIRC

EC-118

P0200

0200

INJECTOR

EC-123

P0201

0201

CYL1 INJECTOR

EC-125

P0202

0202

CYL2 INJECTOR

EC-125

P0203

0203

CYL3 INJECTOR

EC-125

P0204

0204

CYL4 INJECTOR

EC-125

P0217

0217

ENG OVER TEMP

EC-132

P0222

0222

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

EC-142

P0223

0223

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

EC-142

P0234

0234

TC SYSTEM

EC-147

P0237

0237

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

EC-153

P0238

0238

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

EC-153

P0335

0335

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-159

P0336

0336

CKP SENSOR

EC-165

P0340

0340

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-171

P0341

0341

CMP SENSOR

EC-177

P0501

0501

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-183

P0502

0502

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-185

P0503

0503

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-187

EC-6

INDEX FOR DTC

DTC
CONSULT-II*

Items
(CONSULT-II screen item)

ECM*

MI lighting up

Reference page

P0504

0504

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT

EC-189

P0563

0563

BATTERY VOLTAGE

EC-203

P0580

0580

STRG SW/CIRC

EC-206

P0581

0581

STRG SW/CIRC

EC-206

P0605

0605

ECM

EC-213

P0606

0606

ECM

EC-215

P0628

0628

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

EC-217

P0629

0629

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

EC-217

P0642

0642

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

EC-222

P0643

0643

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

EC-222

P0652

0652

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

EC-227

P0653

0653

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

EC-227

P0686

0686

ECM RELAY

EC-232

P1268

1268

INJECTOR 1

EC-237

P1269

1269

INJECTOR 2

EC-237

P1270

1270

INJECTOR 3

EC-237

P1271

1271

INJECTOR 4

EC-237

P1272

1272

FRP RELIEF VALVE

EC-245

P1273

1273

FUEL PUMP

EC-251

P1274

1274

FUEL PUMP

EC-258

P1275

1275

FUEL PUMP

EC-263

P1610 - P1615

1610 - 1615

NATS MALFUNTION

BL-176

P1616

1616

ECM

EC-269

P1622

1622

INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST

EC-271

P1623

1623

INJ ADJ VAL ERROR

EC-273

P2135

2135

APP SENSOR

EC-275

P2146

2146

INJ PWR/CIRC

EC-281

P2147

2147

INJECTOR/CIRC

EC-286

P2148

2148

INJECTOR/CIRC

EC-286

P2149

2149

INJ PWR/CIRC

EC-281

P2228

2228

BARO SEN/CIRC

EC-293

P2229

2229

BARO SEN/CIRC

EC-293

*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-7

EC

INDEX FOR DTC

Alphabetical Index

EBS01KC4

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable : Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC
CONSULT-II*

ECM*2

MI lighting up

Reference page

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

P0122

0122

EC-108

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

P0123

0123

EC-108

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

P0222

0222

EC-142

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

P0223

0223

EC-142

APP SENSOR

P2135

2135

EC-275

BARO SEN/CIRC

P2228

2228

EC-293

BARO SEN/CIRC

P2229

2229

EC-293

BATTERY VOLTAGE

P0563

0563

EC-203

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT

P0504

0504

EC-189

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1000

1000*3

EC-79

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0335

0335

EC-159

CKP SENSOR

P0336

0336

EC-165

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0340

0340

EC-171

CMP SENSOR

P0341

0341

EC-177

CMP/CKP RELATION

P0016

0016

EC-82

CYL1 INJECTOR

P0201

0201

EC-125

CYL2 INJECTOR

P0202

0202

EC-125

CYL3 INJECTOR

P0203

0203

EC-125

CYL4 INJECTOR

P0204

0204

EC-125

ECM

P0605

0605

EC-213

ECM

P0606

0606

EC-215

ECM

P1616

1616

EC-269

ECM RELAY

P0686

0686

EC-232

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

P0117

0117

EC-103

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

P0118

0118

EC-103

ENG OVER TEMP

P0217

0217

EC-132

FRP RELIEF VALVE

P1272

1272

EC-245

FRP SEN/CIRC

P0192

0192

EC-118

FRP SEN/CIRC

P0193

0193

EC-118

FUEL LEAK

P0093

0093

EC-88

FUEL PUMP

P0089

0089

EC-86

FUEL PUMP

P1273

1273

EC-251

FUEL PUMP

P1274

1274

EC-258

FUEL PUMP

P1275

1275

EC-263

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

P0628

0628

EC-217

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

P0629

0629

EC-217

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0182

0182

EC-113

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0183

0183

EC-113

HIGH FUEL PRESS

P0088

0088

EC-84

EC-8

INDEX FOR DTC

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

DTC
CONSULT-II*1

ECM*2

P0112

0112

MI lighting up

Reference page

EC-98

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

P0113

0113

EC-98

INJ ADJ VAL ERROR

P1623

1623

EC-273

INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST

P1622

1622

EC-271

INJ PWR/CIRC

P2146

2146

EC-281

INJ PWR/CIRC

P2149

2149

EC-281

INJECTOR

P0200

0200

EC-123

INJECTOR/CIRC

P2147

2147

EC-286

INJECTOR/CIRC

P2148

2148

EC-286

INJECTOR 1

P1268

1268

EC-237

INJECTOR 2

P1269

1269

EC-237

INJECTOR 3

P1270

1270

EC-237

INJECTOR 4

P1271

1271

EC-237

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

P0102

0102

EC-92

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

P0103

0103

EC-92

P1610 - P1615

1610 - 1615

BL-176

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0000

0000

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

P0642

0642

EC-222

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

P0643

0643

EC-222

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

P0652

0652

EC-227

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

P0653

0653

EC-227

STRG SW/CIRC

P0580

0580

EC-206

STRG SW/CIRC

P0581

0581

EC-206

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

P0237

0237

EC-153

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

P0238

0238

EC-153

TC SYSTEM

P0234

0234

EC-147

VEHICLE SPEED

P0501

0501

EC-183

VEHICLE SPEED

P0502

0502

EC-185

VEHICLE SPEED

P0503

0503

EC-187

NATS MALFUNCTION

*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-9

EC

PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER

EBS01KC5

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:

To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.

Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.

Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine

EBS01KC6

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:

Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.

Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)

Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-75, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .

Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.

Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.

Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Precautions

EBS01KC7

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
negative cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery negative cable.
SEF289H

EC-10

PRECAUTIONS

Do not disassemble ECM.

A

EC

C
MBIB0625E

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.

G
PBIB1512E

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to IC's.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of IC's, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-52, "ECM Terminals And Reference Value"
.
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft position sensor.

EC-11

PBIB0090E

MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.

SEF348N

Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.

Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

EC-12

SEF708Y

PRECAUTIONS
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".

PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit

When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:

GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".

GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".

EBS01KC8

EC

EC-13

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
Tool number
Tool name

PFP:00002
EBS01KC9

Description

EG17650301
Radiator cap tester
adapter

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and

radiator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

KV109E0010
Break-out box

Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

S-NT825

KV109E0080
Y-cable adapter

Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

S-NT826

Commercial Service Tools

Tool name

EBS01KCA

Description

Socket wrench

Removing and installing engine coolant

temperature sensor

S-NT705

EC-14

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KCB

EC

MBIB1287E

EC-15

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Vacuum Hose Drawing

EBS01KCC

LEFT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM

MBIB1387E

: Vehicle front
1.

Turbocharger boost control

solenoid valve

2.

Turbocharger control actuator

A.

NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.

Refer to EC-15, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-16

From next page

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

RIGHT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM
A

EC

MBIB1288E

: Vehicle front
1.

Fuel rail

2.

Intake air control valve control

solenoid valve

4.

Intake air control valve actuator

A.

To previous page

3.

NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.

Refer to EC-15, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-17

Vacuum pump

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

System Chart

EBS01KCD

Input (Sensor)

ECM Function

Output (Actuator)

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Fuel injection control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Fuel injection timing control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

Fuel pump temperature sensor

Fuel cut control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Glow control system

Mass air flow sensor

Glow relay and glow indicator lamp*2

Intake air temperature sensor

ASCD vehicle speed control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

Crankshaft position sensor

On board diagnostic system

Malfunction indicator (MI)*2

Camshaft position sensor

EGR volume control

EGR volume control valve

Turbocharger boost sensor

Cooling fan control

Cooling fan relay*2

Wheel sensor*1

Ignition switch

Turbocharger boost control

Turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve

ASCD steering switch

ASCD brake switch

Intake air control valve control

Intake air control valve control solenoid

valve

ASCD clutch switch

Stop lamp switch

Air conditioner switch*1

Front air control*1

Park/neutral position switch

Air conditioning cut control

Air conditioner relay*2

Heat up switch

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Battery voltage

*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

Fuel Injection Control System

EBS01KCE

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.

START CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

Camshaft position sensor

Piston position

Ignition switch

Start signal

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Fuel rail pressure

EC-18

ECM Function

Fuel injection
control (start
control)

Actuator

Fuel injector
Fuel pump

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.

EC

C
SEF648S

IDLE CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

Battery

Battery voltage

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal position

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Fuel rail pressure

Wheel sensor

Vehicle speed*

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner ON signal*

Front air control

PTC heater ON signal*

Heat up switch

Heat up switch signal

ECM Function

Actuator

F
Fuel injection
control (idle
control)

Fuel injector
Fuel pump

*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal.

NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

K
Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator position

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Fuel rail pressure

ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (normal
control)

Actuator

Fuel injector
Fuel pump

The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is determined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between various engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pressure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sensor signals in comparison with the map.
SEF649S

EC-19

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal position

ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (maximum amount
control)

Actuator

Fuel injector

The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or during a system failure.

DECELERATION CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal position

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (deceleration control)

Actuator
Fuel injector
Fuel pump

The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel efficiency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Fuel Injection Timing Control System

EBS01KCF

DESCRIPTION
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map.

Air Conditioning Cut Control

EBS01KCG

INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner ON signal*1

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal opening angle

Wheel sensor

Vehicle speed*1

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Refrigerant pressure

ECM Function

Air conditioner
cut control

Actuator

Air conditioner relay*2

*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.

Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)

EBS01KCH

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Wheel sensor

Vehicle speed*

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal position

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

EC-20

ECM Function

Fuel cut control

Actuator

Fuel injector

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies A
based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will
be cancelled.
NOTE:
EC
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-18, "Fuel Injection Control System"
.

Crankcase Ventilation System

EBS01KCI

DESCRIPTION
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
D

I
PBIB0590E

INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
1.
2.

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.

Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

M
SEC692

EC-21

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

CAN Communication

EBS01KCJ

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN Communication Unit" , about CAN communication for detail.

EC-22

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Fuel Filter

PFP:00018

A
EBS01KCK

DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.

EC

AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump (1) to bleed air.

When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump

suddenly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.

If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump

(the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel
gallery. Then, perform the operation described above, and make
sure that fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel.
Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect
the hose, then bleed air again.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing
air bleeding.

E
MBIB1197E

WATER DRAINING
1.
a.

b.

2.

3.
4.

Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION:
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector
assembly from the dash panel.
It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at
the bottom of the fuel filter.
Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to
start draining.
Do not remove drain cock by loosening it excessively.
If water dose not drain properly, move the priming up and down.
CAUTION:
When the water is drained, the fuel is also drained. Use a
pan, etc. to avoid fuel adherence to the rubber parts such as
the engine mount insulator.
Do not over-tighten the water draining cock. This will damSMA825B
age the cock thread, resulting in water or fuel leak.
Bleed air of the fuel filter. Refer to EC-23, "AIR BLEEDING" .
Start the engine.

EC-23

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing

EBS01KCL

DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.

Fuel pump is changed.

ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.

With CONSULT-II
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select PUMP LEARNT CLEAR in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.

MBIB0896E

3.

Touch CLEAR and wait a few seconds.

MBIB0893E

4.

Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

MBIB0894E

Without CONSULT-II
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as erasing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-27, "Without CONSULT-II" .

EC-24

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

Injector Adjustment Value Registration

EBS01KCM

DESCRIPTION

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following EC
two values.

The injector adjustment value stored in ECM

The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
C
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.

Injector(s) are replaced.

D

ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. And
for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
E

MBIB1251E

Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

OPERATION PROCEDURE

NOTE:

Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.

When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform INJ ADJ
VAL CLR in WORK SUPPORT mode before performing this procedure. By performing INJ ADJ
VAL CLR in WORK SUPPORT mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START.
NOTE:
When touching START, CONSULT-II reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch ENTER.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-II.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
START.
NOTE:
When touching START, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-II are written onto ECM memory.
7. After CMND FINISHED is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
NOTE:
In this step, CONSULT-II reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on
the CONSULT-II screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory
correctly.

EC-25

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE

If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.

MBIB1254E

EC-26

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
DTC Detection Logic

PFP:00028

A
EBS01KCN

When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory.
The MI will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MI to light up, EC
refer to EC-6, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

EBS01KCO

HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods.

With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-5.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc.

Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.

HOW TO ERASE DTC

With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Touch ENGINE.
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

PBIB2452E

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.

Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-29, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .

EC-27

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.

The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

Diagnostic trouble codes

Freeze frame data

Fuel pump learning value

Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

Freeze Frame Data

EBS01KCP

The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-28, "Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-27, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)

EBS01KCQ

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the ON position or "NATS MALFUNCTION" is displayed on
"SELF-DIAG RESULTS" screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-170, "NATS(Nissan Anti-Theft System)" .
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching "ERASE" in "SELF-DAIG RESULTS" mode
with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
SEF543X
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.

Malfunction Indicator (MI)

EBS01KCR

DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the combination meter.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, refer to EC-354, "MI & DATA LINK
CONNECTORS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

EC-28

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Test
Mode

KEY and ENG.

Status

Function

Explanation of Function

Mode I

Ignition switch in
ON position

BULB CHECK

This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open

circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit. (See EC-354,
"MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .)

Engine stopped

EC

D
Engine running

MALFUNCTION
WARNING

This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a malfunction, the MI will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.

E
Mode II

Ignition switch in
ON position

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS

This function allows DTCs to be read.

Engine stopped

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

NOTE:

It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.

It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.

Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.

Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

PBIB0092E

EC-29

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.

Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-29, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MI on the combination meter should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC354, "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING

MI

Condition

ON

When the malfunction is detected.

OFF

No malfunction.

These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below. A DTC will be used as an
example for how to read a code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-6, "INDEX FOR DTC" )

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC29, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .

If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.

Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

EC-30

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

Relationship Between MI, DTC, CONSULT-II and Driving Patterns

EBS01KCS

EC

MBIB0622E

*1: When a malfunction is detected, MI

will light up.

*2: MI will not light up after ignition

switch is turned OFF.

*4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG*5: The DTC will not be displayed any
NOSTIC RESULTS & DATA MONIlonger after vehicle is driven 40 times
TOR (AUTO TRIG) cannot display
(Driving pattern A) without the same
the malfunction. DATA MONITOR
malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
(AUTO TRIG) can display the malECM.)
function at the moment it is detected.

EC-31

*3: When a malfunction is detected for

the first time, the DTC will be stored
in ECM.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

DRIVING PATTERN A

MBIB0923E

The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.

EC-32

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction

PFP:00004

A
EBS01KCT

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injection control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.

EC

MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.

H
SEF233G

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the EC-34, "WORK FLOW" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

L
SEF234G

EC-33

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK FLOW

PBIB0477E

*1

If time data of SELF-DIAG

RESULTS is other than 0, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .

*4

If malfunctioning part cannot be

detected, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

*2

If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3

form EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .

EC-34

If the on board diagnostic system

cannot be performed, check main
power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to EC-71, "POWER SUPPLY
AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Description for Work Flow
STEP

DESCRIPTION

STEP I

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-35, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" .

STEP II

Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC and the freeze frame
data, then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III
& IV. Refer to EC-27 .
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The
Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer to EC-42 .) Also check related service bulletins for information.

STEP III

Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.

STEP IV

Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.

STEP V

Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-38 . Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-42 .

STEP VI

Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-52 or EC-66 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Circuit Inspection.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

STEP VII

Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-27 .)

DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.

SEF907L

EC-35

EC

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample

MTBL0533

EC-36

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC Inspection Priority Chart

EBS01KCU

A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC
EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Priority
1

Detected items (DTC)

U1000 CAN communication line

P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation

P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor

P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor

P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor

P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor

P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor

P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor

P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor

P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor

P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor

P0563 Battery voltage

P0605 P0606 P1616 ECM

P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply

P1610 - P1615 NATS

P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value

P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor

P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump

P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector

P0686 ECM relay

P0088 P0093 Fuel system

P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)

P0234 Turbocharger system

P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor

P0504 ASCD brake switch

P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch

EC-37

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Basic Inspection

EBS01KCV

Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;

Headlamp switch is OFF.

On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.

Air conditioner switch is OFF.

Heater fan switch is OFF.

Rear defogger switch is OFF.

Heat up switch is OFF.

Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.

4.

Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-8, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" .
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 2.

SEF142I

2. PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-II
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3.

EC-38

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-II
1. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Read idle speed.

EC

M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-II
Read idle speed.

M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.

E
SEF817Y

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Stop engine.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

5. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM

I

Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-23, "AIR BLEEDING" .
>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

K

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.

M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-II
Read idle speed.
M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

SEF817Y

7. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER

1.
2.

Stop engine.
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-23, "WATER DRAINING" .
>> GO TO 8.

EC-39

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

8. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
Read idle speed.
M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.

SEF817Y

9. CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER

1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace air cleaner filter.

10. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE

Check battery voltage.
Voltage:

More than 12.13V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK BATTERY

Refer to SC-5, "BATTERY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Check charging system. Refer to SC-14, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
NG
>> Repair or replace.

12. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-92, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

EC-40

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

13. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.

EC

M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
Read idle speed.

M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.

SEF817Y

EC-41

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Matrix Chart

EBS01KCW

Fuel pump

Fuel injector

Glow control system

Engine body

AE

LOW IDLE

HI IDLE

AD

POOR ACCELERATION

AC

LACK OF POWER

WHEN DECELERATING

AB

KNOCK/DETONATION

AA

DURING DRIVING

AT IDLE

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

Reference
page
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

Warranty symptom code

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

NO START (without first firing)

NO START (with first firing)

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

ENGINE STALL

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

AF

EC-125

1
3

EC-295
4

EGR system

EM-106
EC-302

Air cleaner and duct

EM-15

EC-88

Fuel pump circuit

EC-217

Fuel injector circuit

EC-125

Fuel injector adjustment value

EC-25

Mass air flow sensor circuit

EC-92

ENGINE CONTROL

Fuel rail pressure relief valve

Engine coolant temperature circuit

Vehicle speed signal circuit

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit

EC-103

LAN-30

EC-108,
EC-142,
EC-275
EC-118

EC-42

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
1

Camshaft position sensor circuit

AE
1

LOW IDLE

HI IDLE

AD

POOR ACCELERATION

AC

LACK OF POWER

WHEN DECELERATING

DURING DRIVING
AB

AF
1

EC-159

EC-153

Turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve circuit

EC-309

Intake air control valve control solenoid

valve circuit

Start signal circuit

EC-314
1

EC-71
1

EC-319

EC-71

Cooling fan relay circuit

EC-132

EGR volume control valve circuit

Glow relay circuit

1
1

ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit

ECM
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)

EC-302

EC-295

1
2

EC-232
2

EC-213,
EC-215,
EC-269
EC-28

1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

(continued on next page)

EC-43

EC-348

Heat up switch circuit

Power supply for ECM circuit

EC-171

Turbocharger boost sensor circuit

Ignition switch circuit

KNOCK/DETONATION

AA

Crankshaft position sensor circuit

Reference
page

AT IDLE

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

ENGINE STALL

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

Warranty symptom code

EC

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

NO START (without first firing)

NO START (with first firing)

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

ENGINE CONTROL

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

AM

Fuel pump

Fuel injector

AP

Glow control system

Engine body

HA

Can be detected by CONSULT-II?

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

AL

Reference
page

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

AK

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

AJ

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

AH

Warranty symptom code

WHITE SMOKE

IDLING VIBRATION

AG

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

BLACK SMOKE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

SYMPTOM

EC-125

EC-295

EM-106

EGR system

EC-302

Air cleaner and duct

EM-15

ENGINE CONTROL

Fuel rail pressure relief valve

Fuel pump circuit

Fuel injector circuit

Fuel injector adjustment value

Mass air flow sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature circuit

1
1

Vehicle speed signal circuit

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

EC-88

Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit

EC-44

EC-217

EC-125

EC-25

EC-92

EC-103

LAN-30

EC-108,
EC-142,
EC-275

EC-118

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

AH

AJ

AK

AL

AM

C
Can be detected by CONSULT-II?
1

EC-159

Camshaft position sensor circuit

EC-171

Turbocharger boost sensor circuit

EC-153

Crankshaft position sensor circuit

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit

WHITE SMOKE

BLACK SMOKE

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

Reference
page

Warranty symptom code

ENGINE CONTROL

EC

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

IDLING VIBRATION

AG

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

SYMPTOM

AP

HA

EC-348

Ignition switch circuit

EC-71

Heat up switch circuit

EC-319

Power supply for ECM circuit

2
1

Glow relay circuit

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)

1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-45

EC-295

ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit

2

EC-71

EC-302
1

EC-132

EGR volume control valve circuit

ECM

EC-309

Start signal circuit

Cooling fan relay circuit

EC-232

EC-213,
EC-215,
EC-269

EC-28

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location

EBS01KCX

MBIB1198E

1. IPDM E/R

2. ECM

3. Glow relay

4. Turbocharger boost sensor

5. Refrigerant pressure sensor

6. Engine coolant temperature sensor

7. Fuel pump
10. Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve

8. Cooling fan motor

9. Intake air control valve actuator

11. Mass air flow sensor

12. Turbocharger boost control actuator

13. Camshaft position sensor

14. Glow plug

15. Fuel injector

16. Fuel rail pressure sensor

17. Intake air control valve control

solenoid valve

18. EGR volume control valve

EC-46

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A

EC

M
MBIB1388E

: Vehicle front
1. Fuel pump temperature sensor

2. Fuel pump

3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve

4. Fuel rail

5. Engine coolant temperature sensor

6. EGR volume control valve

7. Fuel rail pressure sensor

8. Camshaft position sensor

9. Refrigerant pressure sensor

EC-47

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

MBIB1249E

: Vehicle front
1. Glow relay

2. ECM

3. Crankshaft position sensor

(View from under the vehicle)

4. Turbocharger boost sensor

(View with front grille removed)

5. ASCD brake switch

6. Stop lamp switch

7. Accelerator pedal position sensor

EC-48

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A

EC

M
MBIB1289E

: Vehicle front
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve (View with air cleaner upper
case removed)

2. Turbocharger boost control actuator

3. PNP switch (M/T)

(View from under the vehicle)

4. Intake air control valve control solenoid valve

5. ASCD steering switch

6. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

7. SET/COAST switch

8. MAIN switch

9. CANCEL switch

EC-49

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram

EBS01KCY

MBWA1032E

EC-50

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A

EC

MBWA1363E

EC-51

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

EBS01KCZ

MBIB0045E

ECM Terminals And Reference Value

EBS01KD0

PREPARATION
1.
2.

ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind coolant

reservoir tank.
Remove ECM harness connector.

BBIA0537E

3.
4.

When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
2
3

WIRE
COLOR
B
B
B

ITEM

ECM ground

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Idle speed

EC-52

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 7.5V

EC

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector power supply

(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

C
MBIB1295E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB1296E

Approximately 6.3V

G
[Engine is running]

BR

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

H
MBIB0889E

Turbocharger boost control

solenoid valve

Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

Approximately 5.8V

L
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

M
MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

[Ignition switch ON]

13

Heat up switch

Heat up switch: OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

Heat up switch: ON

EC-53

Approximately 0.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

[Engine is running]
15

GR

Intake air control valve control solenoid valve

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Engine is running]

G
P
W
W

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch OFF]

21
22
23
24

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 2

Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 3

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

25
26
27
28

Y
O
GR
V

[Engine is running]
EGR volume control valve

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

0.1 - 14V
(Voltage signals of each ECM
terminals differ according to the
control position of EGR volume
control valve.)
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

37

Glow relay

Refer to EC-295, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-54

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

40
41
42
43

W
GR
W
B

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 7.5V

EC

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 4

Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 1

C
MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB1298E

44
45

Crankshaft position sensor

power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Camshaft position sensor

power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 5.3V

Approximately 3.7V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB0879E

46

Crankshaft position sensor

Approximately 3.7V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
MBIB0880E

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 4.9V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB0877E

47

Camshaft position sensor

Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

EC-55

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

[Engine is running]

48
49

50

51

L
B

SB

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Fuel rail pressure sensor

1.7 - 2.0V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Fuel pump temperature sensor

[Engine is running]

Engine coolant temperature

sensor

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Warm-up condition

2.0 - 2.3V

Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V

Output voltage varies with fuel
pump temperature
Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V
Output voltage varies with engine
coolant temperature

[Engine is running]

52

BR

Turbocharger boost sensor

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

2.1 - 2.4V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

2.3 - 2.6V

[Engine is running]
53

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Warm-up condition

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

(Compressor operates)

[Ignition switch: ON]

1.0 - 4.0V

Approximately 0.7V

[Engine is running]

54

Mass air flow sensor

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

[Engine is running]

55

Intake air temperature sensor

Warm-up condition

Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000

rpm.

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

1.6 - 2.0V

1.6 - 2.0V to Approximately 4.3V

(Check for liner voltage rise in
response to engine being
increased to about 4,000 rpm)
Approximately 0.3 - 5.2V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature

63

Fuel rail pressure sensor

power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

64

Sensor power supply

(Turbocharger boost sensor /
Refrigerant pressure sensor)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

65

Crankshaft position sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

66

Camshaft position sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

68

Fuel rail pressure sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

69

Fuel pump temperature sensor ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

70

LG

Engine coolant temperature

sensor ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

EC-56

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.
71

WIRE
COLOR
L

ITEM
Turbocharger boost sensor
ground

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 0.3V

EC

[Engine is running]
72

BR

Refrigerant pressure sensor

ground

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

73

Mass air flow sensor ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

74

Intake air temperature sensor ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

82

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

84

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 ground

85

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

87

CAN communication line

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 2.0 - 2.6V

Output voltage varies with the
communication status.

89

SB

Data link connector

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

90

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 power supply

CONSULT-II: Disconnected

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0V - Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

91

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2

92

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 ground

95

CAN communication line

99

Start signal

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Stop lamp switch

K
0.58 - 0.78V

L
More than 2.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V

Output voltage varies with the
communication status.

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch START]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]

100

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Brake pedal: Fully released

[Ignition switch OFF]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

EC-57

Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

[Ignition switch ON]

101

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

ASCD brake switch

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

[Ignition switch ON]

ASCD steering switch: OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

102

SB

ASCD steering switch

ON/OFF switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

CANCEL switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

103

ASCD steering switch

ground

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]

105

BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

107
108

R
R

Ignition switch

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch ON]

110

G (A/T)
O (M/T)

Park/Neutral position switch

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

[Ignition switch ON]

Except the above position

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]

113

BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

114

ECM ground

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Engine is running]

Idle speed

Approximately 0V

Approximately 4.3V

Approximately 0.3V

Approximately 1.3V

Approximately 3.3V

Approximately 2.3V
Approximately 0.3V

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

[Ignition switch ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

121

Power supply for ECM

(Back-up)

[Ignition switch OFF]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-58

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)

EBS01KD1

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode

Function

Work support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.

Self-diagnostic results

Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

Data monitor

Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

CAN diagnostic support monitor

The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

Active test

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.

Function test

This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.

ECM part number

ECM part number can be read.

EC

*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

Diagnostic trouble codes

Freeze frame data

EC-59

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAG RESULTS

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Item

INPUT

DTC
Crankshaft position sensor

Camshaft position sensor

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Vehicle speed signal

Fuel pump temperature sensor

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Mass air flow sensor

Intake air temperature sensor

Turbocharger boost sensor

ACTIVE
TEST

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Battery voltage

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Heat up switch

Stop lamp switch

Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM)

ASCD steering switch

ASCD brake switch

ASCD clutch switch

Fuel pump

Fuel injector

Glow relay
OUTPUT

DATA MONITOR

FREEZE
FRAME
DATA

Cooling fan relay

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Intake air control valve control solenoid valve

EGR volume control valve
X: Applicable

EC-60

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
A
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located under LH dash panel near the
hood opener handle.
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
D

E
BBIA0538E

4.

Touch START (NISSAN BASED VHCL).

BCIA0029E

5.

Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-50, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

L
BCIA0030E

6.

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

BCIA0031E

EC-61

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM

DESCRIPTION

USAGE

ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA

Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory.

When performing Injector Adjustment Value Registration.

CONFIG CLR

ASCD application status stored in ECM is initialized.

When initializing ASCD application status stored in ECM.

NOTE:
After the status is initialized, ECM recognizes ASCD
application status when the following condition is met.

INJ ADJ VAL CLR

For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed.

Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.

Before changing injector adjustment value stored in ECM, it is

recommended to perform this
work item.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode, refer to EC-6, "INDEX FOR DTC" .

Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item

Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE

[PXXXX]

The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
(Refer to EC-6, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)

CAL/LD VALUE [%]

The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

COOLANT TEMP [C] or [F]

The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

ENGINE SPEED [rpm]

The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]

The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

INT MANI PRES [kPa]

The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

DATA MONITOR MODE

MONITOR ITEM

CKPSRPM (TDC) [rpm]

ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL

MAIN
SIGNALS

CONDITION

The engine speed computed from the

crankshaft position sensor signal is
displayed.

The engine coolant temperature

(determined by the signal voltage of
the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

The vehicle speed computed form the

vehicle speed signal is displayed.

The fuel temperature (determined by

the signal voltage of the fuel pump
temperature sensor) is displayed.

SPECIFICATION

When the engine coolant temperature

circuit is open or short, ECM enters failsafe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed.

COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]

VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]

FUEL TEMP SEN

[C] or [F]

ACCEL POS SEN [V]

The accelerator pedal position sensor

1 signal voltage is displayed.

This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals voltage.

ACCEL SEN 2 [V]

The accelerator pedal position sensor

2 signal voltage is displayed.

This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals voltage.

EC-62

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL

MAIN
SIGNALS

ACT CR PRESS [MPa]

BATTERY VOLT [V]

P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

The Fuel rail pressure (determined by

the signal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.

The power supply voltage of ECM is

displayed.

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

park/neutral position switch signal.

START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

starter signal.

AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air

conditioner switch as determined by
the air conditioner signal.

BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

stop lamp switch signal.

BRAKE SW2 [ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

ASCD brake switch and ASCD clutch
switch signal.

IGN SW [ON/OFF]

WARM UP SW [ON/OFF]

MAS AIR/FL SE [V]

MAIN INJ WID [msec]

PUMP CURRENT [mA]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

ignition switch signal.

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

heat up switch signal.

The signal voltage of the mass air flow

sensor is displayed.

Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse

width compensated by ECM according
to the input signals.

Indicates the fuel pump power supply

current from the ECM.

The glow relay control condition

(determined by ECM according to the
input signal) is displayed.

Indicates the control condition of the

cooling fans (determined by ECM
according to the input signal).
LOW ... Operates at low speed
HI ... Operates at high speed
OFF ... Stopped

GLOW RLY [ON/OFF]

COOLING FAN
[LOW/HI/OFF]

Indicates the EGR volume control

value computed by the ECM according to the input signals.

The opening becomes larger as the

value increases.

The intake air volume computed from

the mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.

The barometric pressure (determined

by the signal voltage from the absolute
pressure sensor built into the ECM) is
displayed.

EGR VOL CON/V [step]

INT/A VOLUME [mg/]

BARO SEN [kPa]

EC-63

EC

H
This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals voltage.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL

MONITOR ITEM

MAIN
SIGNALS

CONDITION

Turbocharger boost (determined by

the signal voltage from the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed.

The cylinder being injected is displayed.

1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
3 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected.
4 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected.

INT/M PRES SE [kPa]

CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4]

SET SW
[ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

SET/COAST switch signal.

RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

RESUME/ACCEL switch signal.

CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

CANCEL switch signal.

MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from

MAIN switch signal.

Displaying ASCD application status

stored in ECM.

Displaying ESP application status

stored in ECM.

The signal voltage from the refrigerant

pressure sensor is displayed.

ASCD APPLY [YES/NO]

VDC APPLY [YES/NO]
AC PRESS SEN [V]

SPECIFICATION

Voltage [V]
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse
width measured by the probe.

DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI

Only # is displayed if item is unable to

be measured.
Figures with #s are temporary ones.
They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured. [Hz] or [%]

PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM

POWER BALANCE

COOLING FAN *

ENG COOLANT
TEMP

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine.

A/C switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral

(M/T)

Cut off each injector signal one at

a time using CONSULT-II

Ignition switch: ON

Operate the cooling fan at LOW,

HI speed and turn OFF using
CONSULT-II.

Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition

Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.

JUDGEMENT

Engine runs rough or dies.

Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI

speed and stops.

If trouble symptom disappears, see

CHECK ITEM.

EC-64

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

Harness and connectors

Compression

Fuel injector

Harness and connector

Cooling fan motor

Cooling fan relay

Harness and connectors

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Fuel injector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TEST ITEM

GLOW RLY

EGR VOL CONT/

V

PRES REGULATOR
PUMP LEANT
CLEAR

CONDITION

Ignition switch: ON (Engine

stopped)

Turn the glow relay ON and OFF

using CONSULT-II and listen to
operating sound.

Ignition switch: ON

Change EGR volume control

valve opening step using CONSULT-II.

JUDGEMENT

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

A
Glow relay makes the operating
sound.

Harness and connector

Glow relay

EGR volume control valve makes

an operating sound.

Harness and connector

EGR volume control valve

Fuel line

Fuel pressure relief valve

Ignition switch: ON

Change fuel rail pressure using

CONSULT-II

This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning
Value Clearing" .

Fuel leaks.

EC

*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE

CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR
mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):

The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in

real time.
In other words, DTC will be displayed if the malfunction is
detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ...
xx% as shown in the figure, and the data after the malfunction
detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached
100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is
touched on the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REALPBIB0480E
TIME DIAG screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIGGER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger):

DTC will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen

even though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
1. AUTO TRIG

While trying to detect the DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it
SEF707X
is detected.

While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC will be displayed. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS.
2. MANU TRIG

EC-65

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

SEF720X

FUNCTION TEST
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KD2

Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
COOLAN TEMP/S
VHCL SPEED SE
FUEL TEMP SEN
ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*

ACT CR PRESS

BATTERY VOLT

SPECIFICATION

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.

Almost the same speed as the

tachometer indication

Engine: After warming up

More than 70C (158F)

Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication

Almost the same speed as the

speedometer indication

Engine: After warming up

More than 40C (104F)

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.65 - 0.87V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.3V

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.28 - 0.48V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 2.0V

Engine: After warming up

Idle

25 - 35 MPa

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

2,000 rpm

40 - 50 MPa

No load

Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)

EC-66

11 - 14V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW
START SIGNAL
AIR COND SIG

BRAKE SW

BRAKE SW2

IGN SW
WARM UP SW

MAS AIR/FL SE*

MAIN INJ WID

PUMP CURRENT

GLOW RLY

CONDITION

INT/A VOLUME

ON

Except above

OFF

Ignition switch: ON START ON

Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

OFF ON OFF

Air conditioner switch: OFF

OFF

Air conditioner switch: ON

(Compressor operates.)

ON

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

(A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

Ignition switch: ON OFF

Ignition switch: ON

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

ON

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON
Approximately 0.4V

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Idle

1.3 - 1.7V

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

1.3 - 1.7V to Approximately 4.0V

(Check for liner voltage rise in
response to engine being
increased to about 4,000 rpm)

No load

Engine is revving from idle to about

4,000 rpm.

Engine: After warming up

No load

0.50 - 0.70 msec

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Blower fan switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.50 - 0.80 msec

Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

Engine: After warming up, idle

the engine

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Refer to EC-295, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .

ON OFF
Heat up switch: OFF

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Idle speed

Engine: After warming up

EC

OFF

COOLING FAN

EGR VOL CON/V

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature:

97C (207F) or less

OFF

Engine coolant temperature:

Between 98C (208F) and 104C
(219F)

LOW

Engine coolant temperature:

105C (221F) or more

HI

After 1 minute at idle

More than 10 steps

Revving engine from idle to 3,200

rpm

0 step

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine

EC-67

150 - 450 mg/

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95

BARO SEN

kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2 ,

12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16

Ignition switch: ON

kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2 ,

12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2 ,
11.36 psi)

Engine: After warming up

Idle

Approx. 100.00 kPa

Air conditioner switch: OFF

3,600 rpm

Approx. 140.00 kPa

Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

4,000 rpm

Approx. 135.00 kPa

No load

CYL COUNT

Engine is running

SET SW

Ignition switch: ON

INT/M PRES SE
[kPa]

RESUME/ACC SW

Ignition switch: ON

1342
SET/COAST switch: Pressed

ON

SET/COAST switch: Released

OFF

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed

ON

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Released

OFF

CANCEL switch: Pressed

ON

CANCEL switch: Released

OFF

MAIN switch: Pressed

ON

MAIN switch: Released

OFF

Models with ASCD

YES

Models without ASCD

NO

CANCEL SW

MAIN SW

ASCD APPLY

VDC APPLY

Ignition switch: ON

Engine: Idle

Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)

AC PRESS SEN

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

NO
1.0 - 4.0V

NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

EC-68

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KD3

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.

ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC), MAS AIR/FL SE

Below is the data for ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC) and MAS AIR/FL SE when revving engine EC
quickly up to 3,000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
C

SEF321Y

EC-69

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description

PFP:00006
EBS01KD4

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.

COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS

STEP in Work Flow

Situation

II

The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0.

III

The symptom described by the customer does not recur.

IV

DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.

VI

The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KD5

1. INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-27, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace.

EC-70

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PFP:24110

A
EBS01KD6

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
EC
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
2
3

WIRE
COLOR
B
B
B

ITEM

ECM ground

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Idle speed

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]

105

BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

107
108

R
R

Ignition switch

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]

113

BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

114

ECM ground

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Engine is running]

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 0V

E
Approximately 1.0V

F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

H
Approximately 1.0V

I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

J
Approximately 0V

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

[Ignition switch ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

121

Power supply for ECM

(Back-up)

[Ignition switch OFF]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

EC-71

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KD7

MBWA1034E

EC-72

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KD8

1. INSPECTION START

Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> GO TO 2.

EC

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

Check voltage between ECM terminals 107, 108 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

G
MBIB0610E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors M91, E101

Fuse block (J/B) connector M88

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-73

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors F4, E9

Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-74

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:

EC

After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
10.

E
PBIB1630E

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.

Check voltage between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 10.

MBIB1236E

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1.
2.
3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-75

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1.
2.
3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.

MBIB0026E

12. CHECK 20A FUSE

1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace 20A fuse.

EC-76

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

13. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.

15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors F4, E9

Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-77

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Ground Inspection

EBS01KD9

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:

Remove the ground bolt or screw.

Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.

Clean as required to assure good contact.

Reinstall bolt or screw securely.

Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.

If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-27, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-78

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KDA

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KDB

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis
name

DTC detecting condition

U1000
1000

CAN communication
line

ECM can not communicate to other control

unit.
ECM can not communicate for more than the
specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)

EBS01KDC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-81, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-79

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KDD

MBWA1035E

EC-80

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KDE

Go to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

EC

EC-81

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:10328
EBS01KDF

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0016
0016

Trouble diagnosis
name

DTC detecting condition

Crankshaft position camshaft position correlation

The correlation between crankshaft position sensor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is
out of the normal range.

Possible cause

Camshaft position sensor

Crankshaft position sensor

Timing chain

Signal plate

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KDG

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-82, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-82, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KDH

1. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor.

2. CHECK SPROCKET
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.

EC-82

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

EC

4. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.

5. CHECK TIMING CHAIN

Refer to EM-73, "SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN" and EM-79, "PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace timing chain.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

I

EC-83

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:17520
EBS01KDI

NOTE:
If DTC P0088 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
P0088
0088

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel rail pressure too high

DTC detecting condition

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the specified value.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Fuel pump

Fuel injector

Fuel rail pressure sensor

EBS01KDJ

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-84, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-84, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KDK

1. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-130, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.

EC-84

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

EC

4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .

>> INSPECTION END

E

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation

EBS01KDL

FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

H

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-85

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:16700
EBS01KDM

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0089
0089

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel pump performance

DTC detecting condition

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target

value.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Fuel pump

Air mixed with fuel

Lack of fuel

Fuel rail pressure sensor

EBS01KDN

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-87, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-87, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-86

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KDO

1. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
D
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch ERASE.
6. Perform EC-86, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
E
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
5. Perform EC-86, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
6. Is DTC detected again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP

L

Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace Fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation

EBS01KDP

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-87

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:17520
EBS01KDQ

NOTE:
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0093
0093

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel system leak

DTC detecting condition

ECM detects a fuel system leak.

(The relation between the output voltage to the
fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.)

Possible cause

Fuel pump

Fuel rail

Fuel pipe

Fuel rail pressure relief valve

Air mixed with fuel

Lack of fuel

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KDR

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-89, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-89, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-88

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KDS

1. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
D
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch ERASE.
6. Perform EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
E
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
5. Perform EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
6. Is DTC detected again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK

1.
2.

Start engine.
Visually check the following for fuel leak.

Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail

Fuel rail

Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector

3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair malfunctioning part.

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

Refer to EC-90, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

EC-89

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KDT

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

With CONSULT-II
WARNING:

Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.

Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB1941E

5.
6.
7.
8.

Select PRES REGULATOR in ACTIVE TEST MODE with

CONSULT-II.
Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching UP or Qu on
the CONSULT-II screen.
Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve.
WARNING:
Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.

PBIB0587E

Without CONSULT-II
WARNING:

Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.

Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
5. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve.
WARNING:
Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.

EC-90

PBIB1941E

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM

Removal and Installation

EBS01KDU

FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

FUEL PUMP

EC

Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-91

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:22680
EBS01KDV

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KDW

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

MAS AIR/FL SE*

No load

SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Approximately 0.4V

Idle

1.3 - 1.7V

Engine is revving from idle to

about 4,000 rpm.

1.3 - 1.7V to Approximately 4.0V

(Check for liner voltage rise in
response to engine being
increased to about 4,000 rpm)

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KDX

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]

Approximately 0.7V

[Engine is running]

54

Mass air flow sensor

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 rpm.

1.6 - 2.0V

1.6 - 2.0V to Approximately 4.3V

(Check for liner voltage rise in
response to engine being
increased to about 4,000 rpm)

[Engine is running]
67

73

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

Mass air flow sensor

ground

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

[Ignition switch ON]

EC-92

Approximately 0.3V

Approximately 0.3V

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]

105
113

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shutoff)

[Ignition switch OFF]

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch

OFF

More than a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

EC

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KDY

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0102
0102

Mass air flow sensor circuit

low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0103
0103

Mass air flow sensor circuit

high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Mass air flow sensor

G
EBS01KDZ

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-95, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

L
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-95, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-93

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KE0

MBWA1036E

EC-94

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KE1

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

L
MBIB1200E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

PBIB1597E

EC-95

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E9, F4

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor

Harness for open or short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 73.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-96, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KE2

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Connect CONSULT-II and select DATA MONITOR mode.

EC-96

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR

4.

Select MAS AIR/FL SE and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition

MAS AIR/FL SE (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)

Approx. 0.4

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal

operating temperature.)

1.3 - 1.7

Idle to about 4,000 rpm

EC

1.3 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0*

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
MBIB1240E

5.
a.

b.
6.
7.
8.
9.

If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
Crushed air ducts
Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 to 4 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.

J
Condition

Voltage V

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)

Approx. 0.7

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal

operating temperature.)

1.6 - 2.0

Idle to about 4,000 rpm

1.6 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.3*

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
SEF865T

4.
a.

b.
5.
6.
7.
8.

If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
Crushed air ducts
Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
Improper specification of intake air system parts
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

Removal and Installation

EBS01KE3

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-97

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:22630
EBS01KE4

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)

Voltage*

Resistance

25 (77)

2.4

1.800 - 2.200

80 (176)

0.8

0.283 - 0.359

*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KE5

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0112
0112

Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0113
0113

Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Intake air temperature sensor

EBS01KE6

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

EC-98

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-99

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KE7

MBWA1037E

EC-100

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KE8

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor

is built-into) (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

L
MBIB1200E

3.

Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB2176E

EC-101

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 74.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-102, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KE9

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1.

2.

Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1

and 2 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F)

Resistance k

25 (77)

1.800 - 2.200

If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).

PBIA9559J

SEF012P

Removal and Installation

EBS01KEA

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-102

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Description

PFP:22630

A
EBS01KEB

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

EC

D
SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F)

Voltage* (V)

Resistance (k)

10 (14)

4.7

7.0 - 11.4

20 (68)

3.8

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122)

2.6

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

1.3

0.236 - 0.260

*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KEC

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0117
0117

Engine coolant temperature

sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0118
0118

Engine coolant temperature

sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Engine coolant temperature sensor

EBS01KED

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-103

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-104

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KEE

EC

MBWA1038E

EC-105

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KEF

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
EGR volume control valve (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

MBIB1230E

3.

Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.

SEF193Z

EC-106

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR

3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

C

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

E

Refer to EC-107, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KEG

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1.

Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor

terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

L
PBIB2005E

<Reference data>

2.

Engine coolant temperature C (F)

Resistance k

20 (68)

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122)

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

0.236 - 0.260

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation

EBS01KEH

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-92, "CYLINDER HEAD" .

EC-107

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
Description

PFP:18002
EBS01KEI

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KEJ

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.65 - 0.87V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.3V

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.28 - 0.48V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 2.0V

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KEK

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 power supply

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1

Engine stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

84

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-108

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

91

92

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 ground

Engine stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

EC

0.58 - 0.78V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

[Ignition switch ON]

More than 2.3V

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KEL

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-222, "DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0122
0122

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor

1 is sent to ECM.

P0123
0123

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor

1 is sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

EBS01KEM

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

M
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-109

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KEN

MBWA1039E

EC-110

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KEO

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness

connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

L
MBIB1201E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2608E

EC-111

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-112, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KEP

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal

Accelerator pedal

Voltage

83
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)

Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

Fully released

0.58 - 0.78V

Fully depressed

More than 2.3V

91
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)

4.

MBIB0615E

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

Removal and Installation

EBS01KEQ

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-112

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS01KER

Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). The
sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates
the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.

EC

D
MBIB1389E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KES

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
FUEL TEMP SEN

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

More than 40C (104F)

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KET

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
50

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

Fuel pump temperature sensor

Fuel pump temperature sensor

ground

Warm-up condition

[Ignition switch ON]

K
EBS01KEU

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis name

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.

Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V

Output voltage varies with fuel
pump temperature

[Engine is running]

69

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION

DTC detecting condition

P0182
0182

Fuel pump temperature

sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0183
0183

Fuel pump temperature

sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

EC-113

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
Fuel pump temperature sensor

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KEV

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-116, "Diagnostic Procedure"

EC-114

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KEW

EC

MBWA1040E

EC-115

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KEX

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

2.

Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor (1) harness connector.

Fuel pump (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1389E

3.

Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB2651E

EC-116

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation

EBS01KEY

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-117

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
Description

PFP:16638
EBS01KEZ

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. The ECM uses the signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KF0

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

ACT CR PRESS

SPECIFICATOIN
Idle

25 - 35 MPa

2,000 rpm

40 - 50 MPa

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KF1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Engine is running]

48
49

L
B

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

1.7 - 2.0V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

2.0 - 2.3V

63

Fuel rail pressure sensor power

supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

68

Fuel rail pressure sensor ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KF2

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

NOTE:
If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0192
0192

Fuel rail pressure sensor

circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0193
0193

Fuel rail pressure sensor

circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

EC-118

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Fuel rail temperature sensor

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KF3

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-119

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KF4

MBWA1041E

EC-120

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KF5

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor (1) harness connector.

Turn ignition switch ON.
J

L
MBIB1202E

3.

Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1292E

EC-121

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KF6

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

Reconnect harness connector disconnected.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 48, 49 (fuel rail pressure
sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Condition

Voltage V

Idle

1.7 - 2.0

2,000 rpm

2.0 - 2.3

If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure

sensor harness connector and connect it again. Then repeat
above check.
If NG, replace fuel rail.

Removal and Installation

MBIB0613E

EBS01KF7

FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-122

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0200
0200

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel injector power supply
circuit

PFP:16600

A
EBS01KF8

DTC detecting condition

ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
fuel injector is excessively high or low.

Possible cause

EC

ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KF9

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

H
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

J
EBS01KFA

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P0200 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 0200 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

EC-123

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-124

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description

PFP:16600

A
EBS01KFB

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KFC

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

MAIN INJ WID

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

No load

0.50 - 0.70 msec

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Idle speed

Blower fan switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.50 - 0.80 msec

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

G
EBS01KFD

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector power supply

(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

L
MBIB1295E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

EC-125

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

Approximately 7.5V

[Engine is running]

21
22
23
24

G
P
W
W

Warm-up condition

Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 2

Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 3

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

Approximately 7.5V

[Engine is running]

40
41
42
43

W
GR
W
B

Warm-up condition

Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 4

Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 1

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

EBS01KFE

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

P0201
0201

No. 1 cylinder fuel injector

circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.

P0202
0202

No. 2 cylinder fuel injector

circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector.

Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)

P0203
0203

No. 3 cylinder fuel injector

circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 3 cylinder fuel injector.

Fuel injector

P0204
0204

No. 4 cylinder fuel injector

circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector.

EC-126

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KFF

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20C (-4F).

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-127

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KFG

MBWA1042E

EC-128

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KFH

1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal

DTC

EC

Cylinder

ECM

Fuel injector

P0201

No.1

P0202

No.2

P0203

No.3

P0204

No.4

MBIB1203E

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC

Cylinder

ECM

Fuel injector

P0201

42, 43

No.1

P0202

21, 22

No.2

P0203

23, 24

No.3

P0204

40, 41

No.4

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I

Refer to EC-130, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.

EC-129

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

With CONSULT-II
Remove two fuel injectors.
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder.
Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?

Without CONSULT-II
Remove two fuel injectors.
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
6. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
7. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 6.
1.

5. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR

1.
2.

Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KFI

FUEL INJECTOR
1.

Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.

EC-130

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR

2.

Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

A

Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel injector.

EC

C
MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KFJ

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-131

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Description

PFP:21481
EBS01KFK

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

Cooling Fan Control

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Wheel sensor

Vehicle speed*

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner ON signal*

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Refrigerant pressure

ECM function

Cooling fan
control

Actuator

IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relays)

*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

Cooling Fan Operation

MBIB1266E

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed

Stop (OFF)

OFF

OFF

Low (LOW)

ON

OFF

High (HI)

OFF

ON

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed

(+)

()

Low (LOW)

High (HI)

EC-132

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KFL

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

COOLING FAN

Engine: After warming up, idle

the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF

SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature: 97C

(207F) or less

OFF

Engine coolant temperature: Between

98C (208F) and 104C (219F)

LOW

Engine coolant temperature: 105C

(221F) or more

HI

EC

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KFM

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0217
0217

Engine over temperature

(Overheat)

Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)

IPDM E/R

Cooling fan

Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)

Cooling fan system does not operate properly

(Overheat).

Radiator hose

Radiator

Engine coolant was not added to the system

using the proper filling method.

Radiator cap

Reservoir tank

Reservoir tank cap

Water pump

Thermostat

Engine coolant is not within the specified

range.

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-7, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-16, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EBS01KFN

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:

Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and the reservoir tank.

Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-133

For more information, refer to EC-140,

"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

Overall Function Check

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

WITH CONSULT-II
1.

2.

3.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W

4.
5.

Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.

If the results are NG, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF111X

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.

2.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF621W

3.
4.

Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-19, "Auto Active
Test" .
If NG, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-134

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KFO

EC

MBWA1332E

EC-135

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

MBWA1068E

EC-136

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KFP

1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

1. Start engine and let it idle.

2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-19, "Removal and Installation" .

EC

2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-139, "PROCEDURE A" .)

H
SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-19, "Auto Active
Test" .
2. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (Low/High).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-139, "PROCEDURE A" .)

1.

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM
FOR LEAKS" .

Reservoir tank (1)

SST (EG17650301): A
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" .
Hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Reservoir tank

EC-137

MBIB1204E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

5. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check reservoir tank cap
relief pressure.
Refer to CO-13, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace reservoir tank cap.

SLC755AC

6. CHECK COMPONENT PARTS

Check the following.

Thermostat. Refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .

Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-107, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.

7. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-140, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-138

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

PROCEDURE A
A

1. CHECK COOLILNG FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E14.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.

EC

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

E
PBIB2607E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

40A fusible link

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Disconnect cooling fan motor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Radiator shroud (upper) (2)
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

2.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-139

L
MBIB1205E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

Refer to EC-141, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connector.

Main 12 Causes of Overheating

Engine

Step

OFF

Inspection item

Blocked radiator

Blocked condenser

Blocked radiator grille

Blocked bumper

EBS01KFQ

Equipment

Standard

Reference page

Visual

No blocking

Coolant mixture

Coolant tester

50 - 50% coolant mixture

See MA-16, "Engine

Coolant Mixture Ratio" .

Coolant level

Visual

Coolant up to MAX level

in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck

See CO-7, "LEVEL

CHECK" .

Reservoir tank cap

Pressure tester

See CO-13, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap" .

ON*2

Coolant leaks

Visual

No leaks

See CO-7, "CHECKING

RADIATOR SYSTEM
FOR LEAKS" .

ON*2

Thermostat

Touch the upper and

lower radiator hoses

Both hoses should be hot

See CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .

ON*1

Cooling fan

CONSULT-II

Operating

See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P0217 (EC-132 ).

ON*2

Cooling fan (Crankshaft

driven)

Visual

Operating

OFF

Combustion gas leak

Color checker chemical

tester 4 Gas analyzer

Negative

ON*3

Coolant temperature
gauge

Visual

Gauge less than 3/4

when driving

Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank

Visual

No overflow during driving

and idling

See CO-7, "Changing

Engine Coolant" .

See CO-19, "COOLING

FAN" .

OFF*4

10

Coolant return from

reservoir tank to radiator

Visual

Should be initial level in

reservoir tank

See CO-7, "LEVEL

CHECK" .

OFF

11

Cylinder head

Straight gauge feeler

gauge

0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)

See EM-92, "CYLINDER

HEAD" .

12

Cylinder block and pistons

Visual

No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston

See EM-110, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.

*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-4, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-140

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

Component Inspection

EBS01KFR

COOLING FAN MOTOR

1.
2.

Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.

Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

EC

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed

(+)

()

Low (LOW)

High (HI)

Cooling fan motor should operate.

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

D
MBIB1241E

EC-141

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
Description

PFP:18002
EBS01KFS

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KFT

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.65 - 0.87V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.3V

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.28 - 0.48V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 2.0V

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KFU

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 power supply

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

84

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 1 ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-142

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

91

92

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 ground

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

EC

0.58 - 0.78V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

[Ignition switch ON]

More than 2.3V

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KFV

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0222
0222

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor

2 is sent to ECM.

P0223
0223

Accelerator pedal position

sensor 2 circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

EBS01KFW

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-143

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KFX

MBWA1043E

EC-144

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KFY

1. CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness

connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

L
MBIB1201E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2611E

EC-145

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 92.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-146, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KFZ

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal

Accelerator pedal

Voltage

83
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)

Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

Fully released

0.58 - 0.78V

Fully depressed

More than 2.3V

91
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)

4.

MBIB0615E

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

Removal and Installation

EBS01KG0

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-146

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
Description

PFP:14411

A
EBS01KG1

The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.

EC

D
MBIB0626E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
G

H
MBIB1206E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KG3

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 6.3V

[Engine is running]

BR

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0889E

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

EC-147

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]

105
113

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

[Ignition switch OFF]

119
120

R
G

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

Power supply for ECM

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KG4

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0234 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0234
0234

Trouble diagnosis name

Turbocharger overboost
condition

DTC detecting condition

ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure

is excessively high.

Overall Function Check

Possible cause

Turbocharger

Vacuum pump

Turbocharger boost sensor

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

EBS01KG5

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started.
3. If NG, go to EC-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB1207E

EC-148

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KG6

EC

MBWA1044E

EC-149

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KG7

1. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect vacuum hose connected to turbocharger control
actuator (1).
Start engine and let it idle.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.
Vacuum should exist.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
MBIB1208E

2. CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-16, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.

SEF109L

3. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

MBIB1206E

3.

Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1242E

EC-150

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E9, F4

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK TURBOCHARGE BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-152, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

7. CHECK VACUUM PUMP

K

Refer to EM-42, "VACUUM PUMP" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace vacuum pump assembly.

8. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR

M

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Install a vacuum pump A to turbocharger boost control actuator
(1).
3. Make sure that the turbocharger boost control actuator rod
moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3kPa (-533mbar,
-400mmHg, -15.75inHg) and releasing it.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace turbocharger assembly.
MBIB1209E

EC-151

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM

9. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KG8

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1.

Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)

MBIB1206E

2.
3.

Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.
Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
between (A) and (B)

Air passage continuity

between (A) and (C)

12V direct current supply

between terminals (1) and
(2)

Yes

No

No supply

No

Yes

CONDITIONS

Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

Removal and Installation

MBIB1129E

EBS01KG9

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-18, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .

EC-152

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:22365

A
EBS01KGA

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.

EC

D
MBIB0614E

H
MBIB0899E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KGB

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

Idle

Approx. 100.00 kPa

Air conditioner switch: OFF

3,600 rpm

Approx. 140.00 kPa

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

4,000 rpm

Approx. 135.00 kPa

INT/M PRES SE [kPa]

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KGC

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Engine is running]

52

BR

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Turbocharger boost sensor

2.1 - 2.4V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

2.3 - 2.6V

64

Turbocharger boost sensor

power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

71

Turbocharger boost sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

EC-153

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KGD

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

NOTE:
If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0237
0237

Turbocharger boost sensor

circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

P0238
0238

Turbocharger boost sensor

circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is

sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Turbocharger boost sensor

EBS01KGE

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-154

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KGF

EC

MBWA1045E

EC-155

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KGG

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor (1) harness connector.

Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1210E

3.

Check voltage between turbocharge boost sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0138E

EC-156

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

3. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

EC

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
F

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-157

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR

Component Inspection

EBS01KGH

CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

1.
2.
3.

4.

Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply pressure sensor as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
Inspection should be done at room temperature [10-30C (50-86F)].
Check the output voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground
under the following conditions.

Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure)

Voltage V

0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg)

Approximately 2.3V

+40 kPa (400 mbar, 300mmHg, 11.81 inHg)

Approximately 2.9V

MBIB1093E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KGI

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

Refer to EM-18, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .

EC-158

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
Description

PFP:23731

A
EBS01KGJ

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.

EC

D
MBIB1323E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KGK

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
CKPS-RPM (TDC)

CONDITION

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer

indication.

SPECIFICATION
Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KGL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
44

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Crankshaft position sensor power supply

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 5.3V
Approximately 3.7V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB0879E

Crankshaft position sensor

Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

65

Crankshaft position sensor ground

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

J
[Ignition switch ON]

[Engine is running]

46

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-159

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KGM

NOTE:
If DTC P0335 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
P0335
0335

Trouble diagnosis name

Crankshaft position sensor circuit

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Crankshaft position sensor

Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect

by the ECM when engine is running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KGN

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for
5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-160

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KGO

EC

MBWA1046E

EC-161

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KGP

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

2.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector.

Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
: Vehicle front
Starter motor (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1211E

3.

Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

EC-162

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

3. CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

EC

4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-163

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR

Component Inspection

EBS01KGQ

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.
4.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity)

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-)

Except 0 or

3 (+) - 2 (-)

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.

MBIB1385E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KGR

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-36, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

EC-164

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
Description

PFP:23731

A
EBS01KGS

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.

EC

D
MBIB1323E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KGT

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
CKPSRPM (TDC)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.

Almost the same speed as the

tachometer indication.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KGU

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
44

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Crankshaft position sensor power supply

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 5.3V
Approximately 3.7V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB0879E

Crankshaft position sensor

Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

65

Crankshaft position sensor ground

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

J
[Ignition switch ON]

[Engine is running]

46

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-165

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KGV

NOTE:
If DTC P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0336
0336

Trouble diagnosis name

Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance

DTC detecting condition

Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the

normal pattern when engine is running.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Crankshaft position sensor

Signal plate

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KGW

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for
5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-166

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KGX

EC

MBWA1046E

EC-167

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KGY

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

2.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector.

Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
: Vehicle front
Starter motor (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1211E

3.

Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
MBIB1293E

EC-168

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

3. CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

EC

4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor.

6. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-169

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR

Component Inspection

EBS01KGZ

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.
4.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity)

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-)

Except 0 or

3 (+) - 2 (-)

6.

If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.

MBIB1385E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KH0

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-36, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .

EC-170

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
Description

PFP:23731

A
EBS01KH1

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

EC

D
MBIB1323E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KH2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
45

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Camshaft position sensor
power supply

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 5.3V

I
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 4.9V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

K
MBIB0877E

47

Camshaft position sensor

Approximately 4.9V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66

Camshaft position sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-171

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KH3

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
P0340
0340

Trouble diagnosis name

Camshaft position sensor
circuit

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Camshaft position sensor

Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by

the ECM when engine is running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KH4

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for
5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-174, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-174, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-172

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KH5

EC

MBWA1047E

EC-173

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KH6

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

MBIB1212E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

EC-174

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

3. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.

EC

Continuity should exist.

C

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

K

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KH7

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.
4.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

EC-175

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity)

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-)

Except 0 or

3 (+) - 2 (-)

6.

If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

MBIB1385E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KH8

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-59, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-176

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
Description

PFP:23731

A
EBS01KH9

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.

EC

D
MBIB1323E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KHA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
45

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Camshaft position sensor
power supply

CONDITION

[Ignition switch ON]

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 5.3V

I
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 4.9V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

K
MBIB0877E

47

Camshaft position sensor

Approximately 4.9V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66

Camshaft position sensor

ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

67

Sensor ground
(Sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-177

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KHB

NOTE:
If DTC P0341 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P0341
0341

Trouble diagnosis name

Camshaft position sensor

circuit range/performance

DTC detecting condition

Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine is running.

Possible cause

Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener
shorted.)

Camshaft position sensor

Starter motor

Starting system circuit

Signal plate

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KHC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for
5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-180, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-180, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-178

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KHD

EC

MBWA1047E

EC-179

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KHE

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the starter motor operate?
Does the engine turn over?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-27, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-180

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

EC

D
MBIB1212E

3.

Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

4. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor.

EC-181

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (LEFT SIDE)

Check the following.

Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (left side)

(1) rear end

Chipping signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
(left side) rear end or replace signal plate.
MBIB1291E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KHF

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.
4.

Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

5.

Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity)

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-)

Except 0 or

3 (+) - 2 (-)

6.

If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.

MBIB1385E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KHG

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-59, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-182

DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:24810

A
EBS01KHH

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC
DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KHI

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:

If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
Refer to EC-215, "DTC P0606 ECM".
DTC No.

P0501
0501

Trouble Diagnosis
Name

Vehicle speed sensor range/performance

DTC Detecting Condition

A change of vehicle speed signal is excessively large during specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible Cause

Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)

Combination meter

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Wheel sensor

ECM

H
EBS01KHJ

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5
seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-184, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB1085E
SEF058Y

EC-183

DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-184, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KHK

1. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-184

DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:24810

A
EBS01KHL

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC
DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KHM

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:

If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
Refer to EC-215, "DTC P0606 ECM".
DTC No.

P0502
0502

Trouble Diagnosis
Name

Vehicle speed sensor circuit low input

DTC Detecting Condition

Vehicle speed signal is excessively low compared with the driving condition.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible Cause

Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)

Combination meter

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Wheel sensor

ECM

H
EBS01KHN

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.

CKPSRPM (TDC)

More than 2,800 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S

More than 60C (140 F)

Clutch pedal (M/T)

Released

Shift lever

1st position

4.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-186, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB1084E

EC-185

DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.
Engine speed

More than 2,800 rpm

Clutch pedal (M/T)

Released

Shift lever

1st position

3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KHO

1. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-186

DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:24810

A
EBS01KHP

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC
DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KHQ

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:

If DTC P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

If DTC P0503 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
Refer to EC-215, "DTC P0606 ECM".
DTC No.

P0503
0503

Trouble Diagnosis
Name

Vehicle speed sensor circuit high input

DTC Detecting Condition

Vehicle speed signal is excessively high compared with the driving condition.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible Cause

Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)

Combination meter

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Wheel sensor

ECM

H
EBS01KHR

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5
seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB1085E
SEF058Y

EC-187

DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KHS

1. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-188

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description

PFP:25320

A
EBS01KHT

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

EC

D
MBIB1214E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KHU

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
(Stop lamp switch)

CONDITION

BRAKE SW2
(ASCD brake switch)

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

Ignition switch: ON

OFF

H
ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KHV

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

ITEM

CONDITION

Stop lamp switch

Brake pedal fully released

[Ignition switch OFF]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

DATA
(DC Voltage)

L
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

101

K
WIRE
COLOR

[Ignition switch OFF]

100

ASCD brake switch

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

EC-189

Approximately 0V

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KHW

The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

Trouble Diagnosis
Name

DTC No.

DTC Detecting Condition

P0504
0504

ASCD brake switch

When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h (3

MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp switch
and OFF signal from the ASCD brake
switch are sent to the ECM at the same
time.

DTC confirmation Procedure

Possible Cause

Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)

Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)

Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
shorted.) (M/T)

Stop lamp switch

ASCD brake switch

ASCD clutch switch (M/T)

Incorrect stop lamp switch installation

Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation

Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T)

ECM
EBS01KHX

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights
up.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.

VHCL SPEED SE

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

5.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-193, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.

VHCL SPEED SE

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

Driving location

Depress the brake pedal for more than

five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.

6.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-193, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-190

MBIB1085E

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Start engine.
Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

Vehicle speed

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

4.
5.

6.
7.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-193, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
Start engine.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

Vehicle speed

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

Driving location

Depress the brake pedal for more than

five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.

8.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-193, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-191

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KHY

MBWA1360E

EC-192

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KHZ

A/T MODELS

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

EC

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

F
PBIB0472E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

J
MBIB1097E

EC-193

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 7.

MBIB0060E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

BBIA0560E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

PBIB1184E

EC-194

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

H

Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

M
BBIA0560E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

PBIB0857E

EC-195

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-196

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

M/T MODELS
A

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION

EC

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

PBIB0472E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage

J
MBIB1097E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

EC-197

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
MBIB0060E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

BBIA0560E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ground

with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1390E

EC-198

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

H

Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

M
BBIA0624E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

PBIB0799E

EC-199

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

8. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0560E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.

PBIB0857E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal
1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.

EC-200

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

EC

4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-202, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H

>> INSPECTION END

I

EC-201

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Component Inspection

EBS01KI0

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity
Should exist
Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition

Clutch pedal: Fully released

Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity
Should exist
Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,

"CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

PBIB2285E

Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity
Should not exist
Should exist

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

EC-202

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
On Board Diagnosis Logic

PFP:24410

A
EBS01KI1

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.

P0563
0563

Trouble diagnosis name

Battery voltage high

DTC detecting condition

An excessively high voltage from the battery is

sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EC

Possible cause

Battery

Battery terminal

Alternator

Incorrect jump starting

EBS01KI2

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

I
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

K
EBS01KI3

1. INSPECTION START

Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?

Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR

Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, SC-5, "BATTERY" and SC-14, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace with the proper one.

EC-203

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE

3. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION

Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.

SEF439Z

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Reconnect jumper cables properly.

4. CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER

Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Change the vehicle for booster.

5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN

1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT-II
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-203, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P0563 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
2. Perform EC-203, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
3. Is DTC 0563 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 7.

6. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-204

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE

7. CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE

Check the following for damage.

Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn

Fuses for short

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC

EC-205

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description

PFP:25551
EBS01KI4

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

PBIB2645E

Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KI5

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
MAIN SW

CONDITION

CANCEL SW

RESUME/ACC SW

SET SW

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

MAIN switch: Pressed

ON

MAIN switch: Released

OFF

CANCEL switch: Pressed

ON

CANCEL switch: Released

OFF

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed

ON

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Released

OFF

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

ON

SET/COAST switch: Released

OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KI6

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]

ASCD steering switch: OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

102

SB

ASCD steering switch

MAIN switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

CANCEL switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

103

ASCD steering switch

ground

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

[Ignition switch ON]

EC-206

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 4.3V

Approximately 0.3V

Approximately 1.3V

Approximately 3.3V

Approximately 2.3V
Approximately 0.3V

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KI7

A
The MI will not light up for these diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0580 or P0581 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
EC
Refer to EC-215, "DTC P0606 ECM".
DTC No.

Trouble Diagnosis
Name

DTC Detecting Condition

Possible Cause

P0580
0580

ASCD steering switch

circuit low input

ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is

stuck ON.

Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)

P0581
0581

ASCD steering switch

circuit high input

An excessively high voltage signal from the

ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.

ASCD steering switch

ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

D
EBS01KI8

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

6.
7.
8.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-209, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.

Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-209, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-207

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KI9

MBWA1049E

EC-208

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIA

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-209

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select MAIN SW, RESUME/ACC SW, SET SW and CANCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.

Switch

Monitor item

MAIN switch

MAIN SW

CANCEL switch

CANCEL SW

RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch

RESUME/ACC SW

Condition

Indication

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

SEC006D

SET/COAST switch

1.
2.

SET SW

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 and ground with
pressing each button.
Switch

MAIN switch

CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch

Condition

Voltage [V]

Pressed

Approx. 0

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 1.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 3.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 2.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

MBIB0043E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 103. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

EC-210

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

EC

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination switch terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection"

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-211

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Component Inspection

EBS01KIB

ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1.
2.

Disconnect combination switch.

Check continuity between combination switch terminals 17 and
18 with pushing each switch.
Switch

MAIN switch

CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch

Condition

Resistance []

Pressed

Approx. 0

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 250

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 1,480

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 660

Released

Approx. 4,000

EC-212

MBIB1252E

DTC P0605 ECM

DTC P0605 ECM
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KIC

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.
P0605
0605

Trouble diagnosis name

Engine control module
(ROM)

EBS01KID

DTC detecting condition

ECM ROM is malfunctioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

ECM

EBS01KIE

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-213

DTC P0605 ECM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIF

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-213, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P0605 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-213, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-214

DTC P0606 ECM

DTC P0606 ECM
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KIG

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.
P0606
0606

Trouble diagnosis name

Engine control module
(Processor)

EBS01KIH

DTC detecting condition

ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

ECM

EBS01KII

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-215

DTC P0606 ECM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIJ

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-215, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P0606 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-215, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 0606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-216

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS01KIK

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KIL

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

PUMP CURRENT

SPECIFICATION
Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KIM

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump

Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

EC-217

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

EBS01KIN

DTC detecting condition

P0628
0628

Fuel pump control circuit

low input

ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is

open or short to ground.

P0629
0629

Fuel pump control circuit

high output

ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is

short to power.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.)

Fuel pump
EBS01KIO

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-218

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KIP

EC

MBWA1050E

EC-219

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIQ

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connector.
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1389E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-220

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP

Component Inspection

EBS01KIR

FUEL PUMP
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
EC

Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel pump.

C

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KIS

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-221

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PFP:18002
EBS01KIT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully

depressed

More than 4.6V

[Engine is running]
84

85

90

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

ground
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
power supply

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.58 - 0.78V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully

depressed

More than 2.3V

[Engine is running]
92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

ground

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KIU

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0642
0642

Sensor power supply circuit low

ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low.

P0643
0643

Sensor power supply circuit high

ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sensor is excessively high.

EC-222

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is shorted.)

Accelerator pedal position sensor

(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KIV

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-225, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-225, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-223

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KIW

MBWA1051E

EC-224

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIX

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

E
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness

connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

L
MBIB1201E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2608E

3. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-146, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-225

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-226

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PFP:18002

A
EBS01KIY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
EC
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage)

44

Crankshaft position sensor power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

45

Camshaft position sensor power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

63

Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

64

Sensor power supply

(Turbocharger boost sensor / Refrigerant
pressure sensor)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

82

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power

supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully

depressed

H
More than 4.6V

[Engine is running]
84

85

90

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor shield
circuit)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power
supply

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

K
Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

91

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

L
0.58 - 0.78V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully

depressed

More than 2.3V

[Engine is running]
92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

EC-227

Approximately 0.3V

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KIZ

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0652
0652

Sensor power supply circuit low

ECM detects a voltage of power source

for sensor is excessively low.

P0653
0653

Sensor power supply circuit high

ECM detects a voltage of power source

for sensor is excessively high.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)

Accelerator pedal position sensor

(APP sensor 2)

Crankshaft position sensor

Camshaft position sensor

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Turbocharger boost sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KJ0

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-230, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-230, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-228

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KJ1

EC

MBWA1052E

EC-229

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KJ2

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness

connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1201E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

PBIB2611E

EC-230

DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Check the following.

Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal

Sensor terminal

Reference Wiring Diagram

90

APP sensor terminal 1

EC-229

44

Crankshaft position sensor terminal 3

EC-161

45

Camshaft position sensor terminal 3

EC-173

63

Fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1

EC-120

64

Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

EC-326

64

Turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3

EC-155

EC

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS

Check the following.

Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .)

Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection" .)

Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .)

Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-92, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)

Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection" .)

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-146, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-231

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
ECM Terminals and Reference valve

PFP:25230
EBS01KJ3

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]

105
113

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

Approximately 1.0V

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

107
108

R
R

Ignition switch

[Ignition switch ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

[Ignition switch ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KJ4

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.
P0686
0686

Trouble diagnosis name

ECM relay circuit

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)

ECM relay

ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if

ignition switch OFF.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KJ5

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.

Wait at least 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-235, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.

Wait at least 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC-232

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY

5.
6.

Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-235, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-233

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KJ6

MBWA1053E

EC-234

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KJ7

1. CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.

Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:

EC

After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

PBIB1630E

2. CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.

Check voltage between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

I
MBIB1236E

3. CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

1.
2.
3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 or IPDM E/R terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-235

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-236

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description

PFP:16600

A
EBS01KJ8

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KJ9

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

MAIN INJ WID

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

No load

0.50 - 0.70 msec

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Idle speed

Blower fan switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.50 - 0.80 msec

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

G
EBS01KJA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector power supply

(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

L
MBIB1295E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

EC-237

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

[Engine is running]

21
22
23
24

G
P
W
W

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 2

Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 3

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

[Engine is running]

40
41
42
43

W
GR
W
B

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 4

Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 1

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KJB

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P1268
1268

No. 1 cylinder fuel injector

The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not

closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
energized.

P1269
1269

No. 2 cylinder fuel injector

The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not

closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
energized.

P1270
1270

No. 3 cylinder fuel injector

The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not

closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
energized.

P1271
1271

No. 4 cylinder fuel injector

The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector is not

closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
energized.

EC-238

Possible cause

Injector adjustment value

Fuel injector

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KJC

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
EC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
C

WITH CONSULT-II

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode

with CONSULT-II.
Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
60 seconds.

CKPSRPM

700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

COOLAN TEMP/S

Less than 75C (167F)

Shift lever

Suitable position

Accelerator pedal

Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

F
PBIB2156E

5.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

H

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.

Engine speed

700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

Voltage between ECM

terminal 70 and ground

More than 0.6V

Shift lever

Suitable position

Accelerator pedal

Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

7.
8.
9.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-239

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KJD

MBWA1042E

EC-240

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KJE

1. CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II
screen.

EC

The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should

be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to
EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .

MBIB1255E

2. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal

DTC

Cylinder

ECM

Fuel injector

P1268

No.1

P1269

No.2

P1270

No.3

P1271

No.4

MBIB1203E

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-241

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

3. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal

DTC

Cylinder

ECM

Fuel injector

P1268

42, 43

No.1

P1269

21, 22

No.2

P1270

23, 24

No.3

P1271

40, 41

No.4

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I

Refer to EC-243, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.

EC-242

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II

With CONSULT-II
Remove two fuel injectors.
EC
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder.
C
2. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
6. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Touch ERASE.
E
8. Perform EC-239, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
9. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove two fuel injectors.
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylin- G
der.
2. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
H
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
I
6. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
7. Perform EC-239, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
J
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 7.
K
1.

6. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR

1.
2.

Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KJF

FUEL INJECTOR
1.

Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.

EC-243

DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR

2.

Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel injector.

MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KJG

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-244

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS01KJH

When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.

EC

: Vehicle front
Fuel rail (2)

D
MBIB1199E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KJI

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

PUMP CURRENT

SPECIFICATION
Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KJJ

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 5.8V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-245

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KJK

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P1272
1272

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel rail pressure relief

valve open

DTC detecting condition

Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open

because of fuel pressure control system
malfunction.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)

Fuel pump

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Air mixed with fuel

Lack of fuel
EBS01KJL

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds, then release the accelerator pedal.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-249, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.

Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the accelerator pedal.

EC-246

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-249, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-247

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KJM

MBWA1050E

EC-248

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KJN

1. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
D
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch ERASE.
6. Perform EC-246, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
E
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
5. Perform EC-246, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
6. Is DTC displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connector.
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-249

M
MBIB1389E

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 7.

5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

7. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KJO

FUEL PUMP
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KJP

FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-250

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS01KJQ

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KJR

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

PUMP CURRENT

SPECIFICATION

Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KJS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump

Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

EC-251

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KJT

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P1273
1273

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel pump insufficient flow

DTC detecting condition

ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.)

Fuel pump

Injector adjustment value

Air mixed with fuel

Lack of fuel

Fuel rail pressure sensor

EBS01KJU

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-255, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-252

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

2.
3.
4.
5.

Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-255, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-253

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KJV

MBWA1050E

EC-254

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KJW

1. CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II
screen.

EC

The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should

be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to
EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .

MBIB1255E

2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select SELF-DIAG RESULT mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch ERASE.
6. Perform EC-252, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
5. Perform EC-252, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
6. Is DTC displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> INSPECTION END

EC-255

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connector.
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1389E

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

6. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.

7. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-256

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP

Component Inspection

EBS01KJX

FUEL PUMP
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
EC

Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel pump.

C

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KJY

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-257

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
Description

PFP:16700
EBS01KJZ

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KK0

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

PUMP CURRENT

SPECIFICATION
Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KK1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-258

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

0.5 - 1.0V

EC
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

C
MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump

0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

F
MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KK2

NOTE:
If DTC P1274 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P1274
1274

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel pump protection

DTC detecting condition

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target

value.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.)

Fuel pump

Fuel rail pressure sensor

EBS01KK3

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Tuning ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-259

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KK4

MBWA1050E

EC-260

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KK5

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connector.
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1389E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

J

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP

L

Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-261

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

Component Inspection

EBS01KK6

FUEL PUMP
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KK7

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-262

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
Description

PFP:16700

A
EBS01KK8

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KK9

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

PUMP CURRENT

SPECIFICATION

Idle

1,600 - 2,000 mA

2,000 rpm

1,500 - 1,900 mA

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KKA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0885E

10

Fuel pump

Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

EC-263

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

MBIB0887E

29

Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KKB

NOTE:
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.

P1275
1275

Trouble diagnosis name

Fuel pump exchange

DTC detecting condition

Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target

value.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.)

Fuel pump

Fuel rail pressure sensor

EBS01KKC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-264

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

5.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

A

EC

EC-265

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KKD

MBWA1050E

EC-266

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KKE

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connectors.
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

MBIB1389E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

J

Refer to EC-122, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuel rail.

4. CHECK FUEL PUMP

L

Refer to EC-268, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. REPLACE FUEL PUMP

1.
2.

Replace fuel pump.

Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-267

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

Component Inspection

EBS01KKF

FUEL PUMP
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KKG

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-49, "FUEL PUMP" .

EC-268

DTC P1616 ECM

DTC P1616 ECM
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KKH

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.
P1616
1616

Trouble diagnosis name

Engine control module
(ROM)

EBS01KKI

DTC detecting condition

ECM ROM is malfunctioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

ECM

EBS01KKJ

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-270, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-270, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-269

DTC P1616 ECM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KKK

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-269, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P1616 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-269, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 1616 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-270

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KKL

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. EC
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.

The injector adjustment value stored in ECM

C

The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle
D

F
MBIB1251E

Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KKM

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

P1622
1622

Injector adjustment value

data uninput

Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.

Injector adjustment value

(Injector adjustment value has not
been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KKN

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-271

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KKO

1. PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-272

DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KKP

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. EC
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.

The injector adjustment value stored in ECM

C

The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle
D

F
MBIB1251E

Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KKQ

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

P1623
1623

Injector adjustment value

data error

ECM detects the abnormal value of injector

adjustment value.

CONSULT-II communication status

(The status of CONSULT-II communication becomes improper during Injector
Adjustment Value Registration.)

ECM

NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

K
EBS01KKR

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-274, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-273

DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

4.

If DTC is detected, go to EC-274, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KKS

1. CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II
screen.
The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should
be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each fuel injector.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

MBIB1255E

2. PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
NOTE:
When two or more injector adjustment value are improper, it is useful to perform INJ ADJ VAL CLR in
WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II. And then perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
>> GO TO 3.

3. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT-II
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-273, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P1623 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
2. Perform EC-273, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
3. Is DTC 1623 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> INSPECTION END

4. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-274

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
Description

PFP:18002

A
EBS01KKT

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

EC

D
PBIB1741E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KKU

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.65 - 0.87V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 4.3V

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.28 - 0.48V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 2.0V

*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KKV

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82

WIRE
COLOR
W

ITEM
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply

CONDITION

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

DATA
(DC Voltage)

K
[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

83

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

M
More than 4.6V

84

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

85

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit)

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

90

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 5.3V

EC-275

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage)

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]

91

92

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.58 - 0.78V

[Ignition switch ON]

Engine: Stopped

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

More than 2.3V

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 0.3V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KKW

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:

If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-222, "DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .

If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-227, "DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
P2135
2135

Trouble diagnosis name

Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1, 2 signal correlation

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)

Accelerator pedal position sensor

The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal

and APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal
range.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KKX

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then
release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-276

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KKY

EC

MBWA1054E

EC-277

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KKZ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness

connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1201E

3.

Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1, 2 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1244E

EC-278

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

3. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84, APP sensor terminal 5 EC
and ECM terminal 92.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 91 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

L

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KL0

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal), 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal

Accelerator pedal

Voltage

83
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)

Fully released

0.95 - 1.17V

Fully depressed

More than 4.6V

Fully released

0.58 - 0.78V

Fully depressed

More than 2.3V

91
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)

4.

MBIB0615E

If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-279

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

Removal and Installation

EBS01KL1

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-280

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
Component Description

PFP:16600

A
EBS01KL2

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.

EC

D
PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KL3

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

MAIN INJ WID

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

No load

0.50 - 0.70 msec

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Idle speed

Blower fan switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.50 - 0.80 msec

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

G
EBS01KL4

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector power supply

(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

L
MBIB1295E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

EC-281

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

Approximately 7.5V

[Engine is running]

21
22
23
24

G
P
W
W

Warm-up condition

Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 2

Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 3

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

Approximately 7.5V

[Engine is running]

40
41
42
43

W
GR
W
B

Warm-up condition

Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 4

Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 1

MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.
P2146
2146
P2149
2149

Trouble diagnosis name

EBS01KL5

DTC detecting condition

No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel

injector power supply circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.

No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel

injector power supply circuit open

An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM

through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.

Possible cause

EC-282

Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KL6

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20C (-4F).

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-285, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

F
SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-285, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-283

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KL7

MBWA1055E

EC-284

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KL8

1. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal

EC

Cylinder

ECM

Fuel injector

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.4

E
MBIB1203E

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-285

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description

PFP:16600
EBS01KL9

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.

PBIB0465E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KLA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

MAIN INJ WID

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

Engine: After warming up

No load

0.50 - 0.70 msec

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Idle speed

Blower fan switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch: ON

0.50 - 0.80 msec

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KLB

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector power supply

(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3)

MBIB1295E

Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24

G
P
W
W

Fuel injector No. 2

Fuel injector No. 2
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 3

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 7.5V

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB1297E

EC-286

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)

CONDITION

Approximately 8.0V

EC
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

C
MBIB1298E

40
41
42
43

W
GR
W
B

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Approximately 7.5V

[Engine is running]

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Fuel injector No. 4

Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 1

F
MBIB1297E

Approximately 8.0V

G
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

H
MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

EBS01KLC

DTC detecting condition

P2147
2147

Fuel injector circuit low

input

ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to

ground.

P2148
2148

Fuel injector circuit high

input

ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to

power.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)

EC-287

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

DTC Confirmation Procedure

EBS01KLD

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-290, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-290, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-288

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KLE

EC

MBWA1042E

EC-289

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KLF

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-290

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC

Terminal
Cylinder

Fuel injector

ECM
42, 43

1
No.1
2

1
No.2
2

1
No.3
2

No.4
2

Should not exist

Should exist

42,43

Should exist
Should not exist

21, 22

Should not exist

Should exist

21, 22

Should exist
Should not exist

23, 24

Should not exist

Should exist

23, 24

Should exist

Should not exist

Should exist

40, 41

Should exist

Should not exist

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-292, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

4. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR

1.
2.

Should not exist

D
MBIB1203E

40, 41
1

Continuity

Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-291

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

Component Inspection

EBS01KLG

FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.

Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.

Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8 [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

3.

If NG, replace fuel injector.

MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation

EBS01KLH

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-44, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-292

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
Description

PFP:23731

A
EBS01KLI

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.

EC

D
MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KLJ

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P2228
2228

Barometric pressure sensor circuit low input

An excessively low voltage from the barometric

pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.

P2229
2228

Barometric pressure sensor circuit high input

An excessively high voltage from the barometric

pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

ECM

EBS01KLK

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.

Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-294, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-294, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-293

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KLL

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform EC-293, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-293, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 2228 or 2229 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-294

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
Description

PFP:25230

A
EBS01KLM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor

Input Signal to ECM

ECM Function

Engine speed
Glow control

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

EC

Actuator
Glow lamp*
Glow relay
Glow plugs

*: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80C (176F), the glow relay turns off.
When engine coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80C (176F):

Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.

Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.

Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period
in relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug

The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a

high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.

K
SEF376Y

EC-295

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KLN

MBWA1329E

EC-296

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KLO

1. INSPECTION START

Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Correct.

EC

2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut (1) and all glow plug connecting plate nuts
(2) are installed properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Install properly.

MBIB1219E

3. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates below 80C (176F).
If it indicates above 80C (176F), cool down engine.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn
ON.
Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds
or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow indicator
lamp turned OFF.

SEF013Y

1.
2.
3.
4.

Without CONSULT-II
Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1.53V. If it indicates
below 1.53V, cool down engine.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn
ON.
Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds
or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow indicator
lamp turned OFF.

PBIB2216E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

EC-297

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

4. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates approximately 25C
(77F). If NG, cool down engine.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
Turn ignition switch ON.

SEF013Y

6.

Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
Conditions

Voltage

For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON

Battery voltage

More than 20 seconds after turning ignition

switch ON

Approx. 0V

PBIB0425E

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Without CONSULT-II
Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3.62V. If NG,
cool down engine.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2216E

6.

Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
Conditions

Voltage

For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON

Battery voltage

More than 20 seconds after turning ignition

switch ON

Approx. 0V

PBIB0425E

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

EC-298

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

5. CHECK DTC

A
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION EC
LINE" .
No
>> GO TO 6.
C
CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION

6.

Does combination meter operate normally?

Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

7. CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect glow relay (1).

I
MBIB1220E

3.

Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

K

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

PBIB1413E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

60A fusible link

Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-299

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

9. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect glow plug harness connector.

Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E7, F8

Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK GLOW RELAY

Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace glow relay.

14. CHECK GLOW PLUG

Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace glow plug.

EC-300

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

EC

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KLP

GLOW RELAY

Check continuity between glow relay terminals (3) and (5) under the
following conditions.
Conditions

Continuity

12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2)

Yes

No current supply

No

Operation takes less than 1 second.

F
PBIB0428E

GLOW PLUG
1.
2.

Remove glow plug connecting plate.

Check glow plug resistance.
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 [at 25C (77F)]
NOTE:
Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped,
replace glow plug with a new one.
If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times,
then tighten using a tool to specified torque.

J
MBIB1130E

: 20.1 N-m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

EBS01KLQ

GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-41, "GLOW PLUG" .

EC-301

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
Description

PFP:14710
EBS01KLR

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor

Engine speed

Vehicle speed sensor*

Vehicle speed

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

ECM Function

EGR volume control

Ignition switch

Start signal

Accelerator pedal position sensor

Accelerator pedal position

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Air conditioner switch*

Air conditioner operation

Actuator

EGR volume control valve

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.

Engine stopped

Engine starting

Low engine coolant temperature

Excessively high engine coolant temperature

High engine speed

Accelerator pedal fully depressed

SEF908Y

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.

SEF411Y

EC-302

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KLS

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Engine: After warming up

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

No load

EGR VOL CON/V

SPECIFICATION

After 1 minute at idle

More than 10 steps

Revving engine from idle to 3,200

rpm

0 step

EC

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KLT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
25
26
27
28

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]
EGR volume control valve

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch

OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

119
120

DATA
(DC Voltage)

F
Y
O
GR
V

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]
105
113

R
G

Power supply for ECM

More than a few seconds passed after turning

ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

0.1 - 14V
(Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume
control valve.)

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

EC-303

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KLU

MBWA1057E

EC-304

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KLV

1. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM terminals 25, 26, 27, 28 and ground.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3,200 rpm and return to idle.

EC

F
MBIB0617E

The pulse signal as shown in the figure should appear.

G

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

3.

L
MBIB1227E

4.

Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

PBIB0431E

EC-305

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E9, F4

Harness for open and short between ECM and EGR volume control valve

Harness for open and short between IPDM E/R and EGR volume control valve
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal

EGR volume control valve terminal

25

26

27

28

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EGR volume control valve.

6. CHECK EGR PASSAGE

Check the following for clogging and cracks.

EGR tube

EGR cooler (A/T models)

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace EGR passage.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-306

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

Component Inspection

EBS01KLW

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1.

Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.

EC

: Vehicle front

MBIB1227E

2.

3.
4.
5.

Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
Temperature C (F)

Resistance

20 (68)

13 - 17

If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.

If OK, go to next step.
Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0007E

6.

Perform EGR VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.

SEF819Y

If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve.

NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that the shaft is in the same position before
checking.

EC-307

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

Without CONSULT-II
1.

Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front

MBIB1227E

2.

3.
4.
5.

Check resistance between the following terminals.

terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
Temperature C (F)

Resistance

20 (68)

13 - 17

If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.

If OK, go to next step.
Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON and OFF

MBIB0007E

6.

Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.

SEF560W

Removal and Installation

EBS01KLX

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EM-20, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-308

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description

PFP:14956

A
EBS01KLY

The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.

EC

D
MBIB0626E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
G

H
MBIB1206E

EC-309

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KM0

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 6.3V

[Engine is running]

BR

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

MBIB0889E

Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]

Warm-up condition

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]

105
113

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

[Ignition switch OFF]

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

More than a few seconds after turning

ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-310

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KM1

EC

MBWA1058E

EC-311

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KM2

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.

Start engine and let it idle.

Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

MBIB1207E

2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
Turn ignition switch ON.

3.

MBIB1206E

4.

Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1242E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E9, F4

Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-312

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

4. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-313, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KM3

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1.

Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)

MBIB1206E

2.
3.

Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.
Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
between (A) and (B)

Air passage continuity

between (A) and (C)

12V direct current supply

between terminals (1) and
(2)

Yes

No

No supply

No

Yes

CONDITIONS

Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.

Removal and Installation

MBIB1129E

EBS01KM4

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-18, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .

EC-313

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description

PFP:16188
EBS01KM5

Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting

intake air right before the fuel is cut. The intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1) controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air
control valve actuator. As a result, the intake air control valve control
solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is turned
OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. After the
engine has stopped, the intake air control valve control solenoid
valve will return to fully open.

: Vehicle front
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2)
Oil filter (3)

MBIB1226E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KM6

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]
15

GR

Intake air control valve

control solenoid valve

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

Approximately 0.3V

[Ignition switch OFF]

105
113

BR
BR

ECM relay (self shut-off)

[Ignition switch OFF]

119
120

R
G

Power supply for ECM

For a few seconds after turning ignition

switch OFF

More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

EC-314

Approximately 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KM7

EC

MBWA1066E

EC-315

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KM8

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.

Start engine and let it idle.

Make sure that intake air control valve actuator (1) rod moves
when turning ignition switch OFF.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

MBIB1228E

2. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake air control valve
actuator (1).
Start engine and let it idle.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence under the following
conditions.
CONDITIONS

For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF

Except above

vacuum
should exist
should not exist

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1238E

3. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks
or improper connection.
Refer to EC-16, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.

SEF109L

EC-316

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1)
harness connector.

EC

: Vehicle front
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2)
Oil filter (3)
Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1226E

4.

Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid

valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

H
PBIB0192E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E9, F4

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and intake air control valve control solenoid valve

Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air control valve control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and intake air control valve control solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-318, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve.

EC-317

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

8. CHECK VACUUM PUMP

Refer to EM-42, "VACUUM PUMP" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace vacuum pump assembly.

9. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Install a vacuum pump A to intake air control valve actuator (1).
Make sure that the intake air control valve actuator rod moves
smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3 kPa (-533 mbar, -400
mmHg, -15.75 inHg) and releasing it.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace intake air control valve actuator.

MBIB1239E

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

EBS01KM9

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1.

Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1)

harness connector.
: Vehicle front
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2)
Oil filter (3)
Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control
solenoid valve terminals.

2.

MBIB1226E

3.

Check air passage continuity of intake air control valve control

solenoid valve under the following conditions.
CONDITIONS

Air passage continuity

between (A) and (B)

Air passage continuity

between (A) and (C)

12V direct current supply

between terminals (1) and (2)

Yes

No

No supply

No

Yes

Operation takes less than 1 second.

If NG, replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve.

EC-318

MEC488B

HEAT UP SWITCH
HEAT UP SWITCH
Description

PFP:27666

A
EBS01KMA

The heat up switch (1) is located on the lower side of the instrument
panel. This switch is used to speed up the heater's operation when
the engine is cold. When the ECM received the heat up switch ON
signal, the ECM increases the engine idle speed to 1,400 rpm to
warm up engine quickly.
This system works when all conditions listed below are met.
Heat up switch

EC

ON

Shift lever

P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Accelerator pedal

Fully released
MBIB1221E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KMB

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
WARM UP SW

CONDITION

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMC

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

I
WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]

13

Heat up switch

Heat up switch: OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

Heat up switch: ON

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 0.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

EC-319

HEAT UP SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMD

MBWA1362E

EC-320

HEAT UP SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KME

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1.
2.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check WARM UP SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
CONDITION

WARM UP SW

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

EC

PBIB0584E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 13 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION

VOLTAGE

Heat up switch: OFF

Approximately 0V

Heat up switch: ON

Battery voltage

J
MBIB1247E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Check indicator in the heat up switch under the following condition.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

EC-321

HEAT UP SWITCH

3. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn heat up switch OFF.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heat up switch (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1221E

5.

Check voltage between heat up switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1245E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M88

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between heat up switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and heat up switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

EC-322

HEAT UP SWITCH

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness connectors E11, F3

Harness for open or short between ECM and heat up switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

EC

Check harness continuity between heat up switch terminal 4 and ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH

Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace heat up switch.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

K

EC-323

HEAT UP SWITCH
Component Inspection

EBS01KMF

HEAT UP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect heat up switch harness connector.
Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
CONDITION

CONTINUITY

Heat up switch: OFF

Should not exist

Heat up switch: ON

Should exist

4.

If NG, replace heat up switch.

If OK, go to following step.
MBIB1386E

5.

6.

Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 2 and 4

under the following conditions.
CONDITION

CONTINUITY

Should exist

Should not exist

If NG, replace heat up switch.

MBIB1321E

EC-324

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:92136

A
EBS01KMG

The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of

the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

: Vehicle front

EC

D
MBIB1224E

H
PBIB2657E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMH

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
53

64

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Sensor power supply

(Refrigerant pressure sensor)

BR

Refrigerant pressure sensor

ground

Warm-up condition

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

(Compressor operates)

[Ignition switch ON]

1.0 - 4.0V

Approximately 5.3V

[Engine is running]
72

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

EC-325

Approximately 0.3V

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMI

MBWA1064E

EC-326

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KMJ

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.
3.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

EC

Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

E
MBIB1248E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

J
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit

(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-327

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Turn ignition switch ON.

2.

MBIB1224E

3.

Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5.3V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

PBIB1872E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-328

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG
OK
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

Removal and Installation

EBS01KMK

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to MTC-127, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .

J

EC-329

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
Description

PFP:25230
EBS01KML

STOP LAMP SWITCH

The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.

BBIA0560E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH (MODELS WITH ASCD)

When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM
detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KMM

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
(Stop lamp switch)

BRAKE SW2
(ASCD brake switch)

CONDITION

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

Ignition switch: ON

OFF

ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMN

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION
[Ignition switch OFF]

100

Stop lamp switch

Brake pedal: Fully released

[Ignition switch OFF]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

101

Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)

Clutch pedal and brake pedal:

Fully released (M/T)

ASCD brake switch

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON]

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:

Slightly depressed (M/T)

EC-330

Approximately 0V

BRAKE SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMO

EC

MBWA1361E

EC-331

BRAKE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KMP

A/T MODELS

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check BRAKE SW indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

PBIB0472E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Fully released

VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.

EC-332

MBIB1097E

BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION

EC

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Battery voltage

Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

I
MBIB0060E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
K

BBIA0560E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

PBIB1184E

EC-333

BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0560E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

PBIB0857E

EC-334

BRAKE SWITCH

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

H

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection"

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-335

BRAKE SWITCH
M/T MODELS

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check BRAKE SW indication under the following conditions.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

PBIB0472E

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the
following conditions.
CONDITION

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage

MBIB1097E

OK or NG
OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.

EC-336

BRAKE SWITCH

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
Check BRAKE SW2 indication in DATA MONITOR mode.
CONDITION

EC

INDICATION

Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released

OFF

Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed

ON

SEC013D

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE

Battery voltage
Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

MBIB0060E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

M
BBIA0560E

3.

Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ground

with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1390E

EC-337

BRAKE SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0624E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and

ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 8.

PBIB0799E

EC-338

BRAKE SWITCH

8. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

D
BBIA0560E

4.

Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.

H
PBIB0857E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Fuse block (J/B) connector E103

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal
1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.

EC-339

BRAKE SWITCH

12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-340

BRAKE SWITCH
Component Inspection

EBS01KMQ

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition

Brake pedal: Fully released

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

EC

Continuity

Should exist
Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

E
SEC023D

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition

Clutch pedal: Fully released

Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity
Should exist
Should not exist

If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,

"CLUTCH PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
I

SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

PBIB2285E

Condition
Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed

Continuity
Should not exist
Should exist

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

EC-341

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
Description

PFP:32006
EBS01KMR

When the gear position is in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position
because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KMS

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW

CONDITION

Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

ON

Shift lever: Except above

OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]

110

G (A/T)
O (M/T)

Park/Neutral position switch

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

[Ignition switch ON]

Shift lever: Except above

EC-342

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

PNP SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMU

EC

MBWA1060E

EC-343

PNP SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KMV

A/T MODELS

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position

P/N POSI SW

P or N

ON

Except above

OFF

SEF212Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the
following conditions.
Shift lever position
P or N

Voltage
Approximately 0V

Except above

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB1947E

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-34, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and combination meter terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

EC-344

PNP SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E101, M91

Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.

2.

Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector (1).

Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle

: Vehicle front
A/T oil pan (2)
Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and
combination meter terminal 17.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

MBIB1223E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and combination meter.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III
1.

Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8.
Refer to AT-94, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace.

9. REPLACE COMBINATION METER

Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-345

PNP SWITCH
M/T MODELS

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position

P/N POSI SW

Neutral

ON

Except above

OFF

SEF212Y

1.
2.

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the
following conditions.
Shift lever position

Neutral

Voltage
Approximately 0V

Except above

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB1947E

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.

3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) harness connector.
Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
: Vehicle front
Back-up lamp switch (2)
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
MBIB1222E

4. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

EC-346

PNP SWITCH

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC

4. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.

Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

Harness connectors E8, F2

Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

J

Refer to MT-12, "POSITION SWITCH" .

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace park/neutral position switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

M

>> INSPECTION END

EC-347

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram

PFP:48750
EBS01KMW

MBWA1061E

EC-348

START SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KMX

1. CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION

1.
2.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition

EC

START SIGNAL

Ignition switch ON

OFF

Ignition switch START

ON

E
PBIB0433E

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON
Ignition switch START

Voltage
Approximately 0V

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

I
PBIB1949E

2. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.

Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.

10A fuse

Fuse block (J/B) connector M88

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-349

START SIGNAL

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-350

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description

PFP:24814

A
EBS01KMY

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C

CRUISE indicator is illuminated.

SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of
ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
E

EC-351

ASCD INDICATOR
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMZ

MBWA1330E

EC-352

ASCD INDICATOR
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KN0

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR
CRUISE LAMP

SET LAMP

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

MAIN switch: Pressed at the

first time at the 2nd time

MAIN switch: ON

ASCD: Operating

ON

When vehicle speed is

between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 185 km/h (115 MPH)

ASCD: Not operating

OFF

Ignition switch: ON

EC

ON OFF

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DTC
F

Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.

OK or NG
OK
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION

Does combination meter operate normally?

Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-353

MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS

MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
Wiring Diagram

PFP:24814
EBS01KN1

MBWA1364E

EC-354

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description

PFP:18930

A
EBS01KN2

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor

Input signal to ECM

ASCD brake switch

Brake pedal operation

Stop lamp switch

Brake pedal operation

ASCD clutch switch (M/T)

Clutch pedal operation

ASCD steering switch

ASCD steering switch operation

Park/Neutral position (PNP)

switch

Gear position

Combination meter*

Vehicle speed

TCM*

Powertrain revolution

ECM function

Actuator

EC

C
ASCD vehicle speed control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115 MPH).
ECM controls fuel injection value to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.

SET OPERATION
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115
MPH), press SET/COST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)

ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.

CANCEL switch is depressed

More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)

Brake pedal is depressed

Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)

Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models)

Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.

Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.

COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.

EC-355

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

Brake pedal is released

Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 185 km/h (115 MPH)

Component Description

EBS01KN3

ASCD STEERING SWITCH

Refer to EC-206 .

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 .

ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 .

STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 .

ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-351 .

EC-356

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
Target idle speed

Air conditioner: ON

PFP:00100

A
EBS01KN4

A/T

No load*

(in P or N position)

M/T

No load*

(in Neutral position)

A/T

In P or N position

750 rpm or more

M/T

In Neutral position

800 rpm or more

75025 rpm

Maximum engine speed

EC

4,900 rpm

*: Under the following conditions:

Heat up switch: OFF

Air conditioner switch: OFF

Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)

Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Mass Air Flow Sensor

EBS01KN5

Supply voltage

Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)

Approx. 0.4V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.)

1.3 - 1.7V *

*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor

EBS01KN6

Temperature C (F)

Resistance k

25 (77)

1.800 - 2.200

80 (176)

0.283 - 0.359

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Temperature C (F)

I
EBS01KN7

Resistance k

20 (68)

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122)

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

0.236 - 0.260

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

K
EBS01KN8

Supply voltage

Approximately 5V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.)

1.7 - 2.0V

2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.)

2.0 - 2.3V

Fuel Injector

M
EBS01KN9

Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

0.2 - 0.8

Glow Plug

EBS01KNA

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

Approximately 0.8

EGR Volume Control Valve

EBS01KNB

Resistance [at 25C (77F)]

13 - 17

Crankshaft Position Sensor

EBS01KNC

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor

EBS01KND

Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection" .

EC-357

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Fuel Pump

EBS01KNE

Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)]

1.5 - 3.0

EC-358